xref: /freebsd/contrib/llvm-project/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp (revision 924226fba12cc9a228c73b956e1b7fa24c60b055)
1 //===---------------- SemaCodeComplete.cpp - Code Completion ----*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file defines the code-completion semantic actions.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h"
13 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/QualTypeNames.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/Type.h"
26 #include "clang/Basic/AttributeCommonInfo.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/MacroInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/CodeCompleteConsumer.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedAttr.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
51 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
52 #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
53 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
54 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
55 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
56 #include <list>
57 #include <map>
58 #include <string>
59 #include <vector>
60 
61 using namespace clang;
62 using namespace sema;
63 
64 namespace {
65 /// A container of code-completion results.
66 class ResultBuilder {
67 public:
68   /// The type of a name-lookup filter, which can be provided to the
69   /// name-lookup routines to specify which declarations should be included in
70   /// the result set (when it returns true) and which declarations should be
71   /// filtered out (returns false).
72   typedef bool (ResultBuilder::*LookupFilter)(const NamedDecl *) const;
73 
74   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
75 
76 private:
77   /// The actual results we have found.
78   std::vector<Result> Results;
79 
80   /// A record of all of the declarations we have found and placed
81   /// into the result set, used to ensure that no declaration ever gets into
82   /// the result set twice.
83   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl *, 16> AllDeclsFound;
84 
85   typedef std::pair<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> DeclIndexPair;
86 
87   /// An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store
88   /// a single (declaration, index) mapping (the common case) but
89   /// can also store a list of (declaration, index) mappings.
90   class ShadowMapEntry {
91     typedef SmallVector<DeclIndexPair, 4> DeclIndexPairVector;
92 
93     /// Contains either the solitary NamedDecl * or a vector
94     /// of (declaration, index) pairs.
95     llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, DeclIndexPairVector *> DeclOrVector;
96 
97     /// When the entry contains a single declaration, this is
98     /// the index associated with that entry.
99     unsigned SingleDeclIndex;
100 
101   public:
102     ShadowMapEntry() : SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
103     ShadowMapEntry(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
104     ShadowMapEntry(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) { *this = std::move(Move); }
105     ShadowMapEntry &operator=(const ShadowMapEntry &) = delete;
106     ShadowMapEntry &operator=(ShadowMapEntry &&Move) {
107       SingleDeclIndex = Move.SingleDeclIndex;
108       DeclOrVector = Move.DeclOrVector;
109       Move.DeclOrVector = nullptr;
110       return *this;
111     }
112 
113     void Add(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Index) {
114       if (DeclOrVector.isNull()) {
115         // 0 - > 1 elements: just set the single element information.
116         DeclOrVector = ND;
117         SingleDeclIndex = Index;
118         return;
119       }
120 
121       if (const NamedDecl *PrevND =
122               DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>()) {
123         // 1 -> 2 elements: create the vector of results and push in the
124         // existing declaration.
125         DeclIndexPairVector *Vec = new DeclIndexPairVector;
126         Vec->push_back(DeclIndexPair(PrevND, SingleDeclIndex));
127         DeclOrVector = Vec;
128       }
129 
130       // Add the new element to the end of the vector.
131       DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->push_back(
132           DeclIndexPair(ND, Index));
133     }
134 
135     ~ShadowMapEntry() {
136       if (DeclIndexPairVector *Vec =
137               DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<DeclIndexPairVector *>()) {
138         delete Vec;
139         DeclOrVector = ((NamedDecl *)nullptr);
140       }
141     }
142 
143     // Iteration.
144     class iterator;
145     iterator begin() const;
146     iterator end() const;
147   };
148 
149   /// A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
150   /// this name within a particular scope and their index within the list of
151   /// results.
152   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
153 
154   /// The semantic analysis object for which results are being
155   /// produced.
156   Sema &SemaRef;
157 
158   /// The allocator used to allocate new code-completion strings.
159   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
160 
161   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo;
162 
163   /// If non-NULL, a filter function used to remove any code-completion
164   /// results that are not desirable.
165   LookupFilter Filter;
166 
167   /// Whether we should allow declarations as
168   /// nested-name-specifiers that would otherwise be filtered out.
169   bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers;
170 
171   /// If set, the type that we would prefer our resulting value
172   /// declarations to have.
173   ///
174   /// Closely matching the preferred type gives a boost to a result's
175   /// priority.
176   CanQualType PreferredType;
177 
178   /// A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding at
179   /// different levels of, e.g., the inheritance hierarchy.
180   std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
181 
182   /// Overloaded C++ member functions found by SemaLookup.
183   /// Used to determine when one overload is dominated by another.
184   llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<DeclContext *, /*Name*/uintptr_t>, ShadowMapEntry>
185       OverloadMap;
186 
187   /// If we're potentially referring to a C++ member function, the set
188   /// of qualifiers applied to the object type.
189   Qualifiers ObjectTypeQualifiers;
190   /// The kind of the object expression, for rvalue/lvalue overloads.
191   ExprValueKind ObjectKind;
192 
193   /// Whether the \p ObjectTypeQualifiers field is active.
194   bool HasObjectTypeQualifiers;
195 
196   /// The selector that we prefer.
197   Selector PreferredSelector;
198 
199   /// The completion context in which we are gathering results.
200   CodeCompletionContext CompletionContext;
201 
202   /// If we are in an instance method definition, the \@implementation
203   /// object.
204   ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation;
205 
206   void AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R);
207 
208   void MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R);
209 
210 public:
211   explicit ResultBuilder(Sema &SemaRef, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
212                          CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
213                          const CodeCompletionContext &CompletionContext,
214                          LookupFilter Filter = nullptr)
215       : SemaRef(SemaRef), Allocator(Allocator), CCTUInfo(CCTUInfo),
216         Filter(Filter), AllowNestedNameSpecifiers(false),
217         HasObjectTypeQualifiers(false), CompletionContext(CompletionContext),
218         ObjCImplementation(nullptr) {
219     // If this is an Objective-C instance method definition, dig out the
220     // corresponding implementation.
221     switch (CompletionContext.getKind()) {
222     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression:
223     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver:
224     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
225     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement:
226     case CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery:
227       if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
228         if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
229           if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = Method->getClassInterface())
230             ObjCImplementation = Interface->getImplementation();
231       break;
232 
233     default:
234       break;
235     }
236   }
237 
238   /// Determine the priority for a reference to the given declaration.
239   unsigned getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *D);
240 
241   /// Whether we should include code patterns in the completion
242   /// results.
243   bool includeCodePatterns() const {
244     return SemaRef.CodeCompleter &&
245            SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeCodePatterns();
246   }
247 
248   /// Set the filter used for code-completion results.
249   void setFilter(LookupFilter Filter) { this->Filter = Filter; }
250 
251   Result *data() { return Results.empty() ? nullptr : &Results.front(); }
252   unsigned size() const { return Results.size(); }
253   bool empty() const { return Results.empty(); }
254 
255   /// Specify the preferred type.
256   void setPreferredType(QualType T) {
257     PreferredType = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
258   }
259 
260   /// Set the cv-qualifiers on the object type, for us in filtering
261   /// calls to member functions.
262   ///
263   /// When there are qualifiers in this set, they will be used to filter
264   /// out member functions that aren't available (because there will be a
265   /// cv-qualifier mismatch) or prefer functions with an exact qualifier
266   /// match.
267   void setObjectTypeQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, ExprValueKind Kind) {
268     ObjectTypeQualifiers = Quals;
269     ObjectKind = Kind;
270     HasObjectTypeQualifiers = true;
271   }
272 
273   /// Set the preferred selector.
274   ///
275   /// When an Objective-C method declaration result is added, and that
276   /// method's selector matches this preferred selector, we give that method
277   /// a slight priority boost.
278   void setPreferredSelector(Selector Sel) { PreferredSelector = Sel; }
279 
280   /// Retrieve the code-completion context for which results are
281   /// being collected.
282   const CodeCompletionContext &getCompletionContext() const {
283     return CompletionContext;
284   }
285 
286   /// Specify whether nested-name-specifiers are allowed.
287   void allowNestedNameSpecifiers(bool Allow = true) {
288     AllowNestedNameSpecifiers = Allow;
289   }
290 
291   /// Return the semantic analysis object for which we are collecting
292   /// code completion results.
293   Sema &getSema() const { return SemaRef; }
294 
295   /// Retrieve the allocator used to allocate code completion strings.
296   CodeCompletionAllocator &getAllocator() const { return Allocator; }
297 
298   CodeCompletionTUInfo &getCodeCompletionTUInfo() const { return CCTUInfo; }
299 
300   /// Determine whether the given declaration is at all interesting
301   /// as a code-completion result.
302   ///
303   /// \param ND the declaration that we are inspecting.
304   ///
305   /// \param AsNestedNameSpecifier will be set true if this declaration is
306   /// only interesting when it is a nested-name-specifier.
307   bool isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
308                          bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const;
309 
310   /// Check whether the result is hidden by the Hiding declaration.
311   ///
312   /// \returns true if the result is hidden and cannot be found, false if
313   /// the hidden result could still be found. When false, \p R may be
314   /// modified to describe how the result can be found (e.g., via extra
315   /// qualification).
316   bool CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
317                          const NamedDecl *Hiding);
318 
319   /// Add a new result to this result set (if it isn't already in one
320   /// of the shadow maps), or replace an existing result (for, e.g., a
321   /// redeclaration).
322   ///
323   /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
324   ///
325   /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
326   void MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext = nullptr);
327 
328   /// Add a new result to this result set, where we already know
329   /// the hiding declaration (if any).
330   ///
331   /// \param R the result to add (if it is unique).
332   ///
333   /// \param CurContext the context in which this result will be named.
334   ///
335   /// \param Hiding the declaration that hides the result.
336   ///
337   /// \param InBaseClass whether the result was found in a base
338   /// class of the searched context.
339   void AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext, NamedDecl *Hiding,
340                  bool InBaseClass);
341 
342   /// Add a new non-declaration result to this result set.
343   void AddResult(Result R);
344 
345   /// Enter into a new scope.
346   void EnterNewScope();
347 
348   /// Exit from the current scope.
349   void ExitScope();
350 
351   /// Ignore this declaration, if it is seen again.
352   void Ignore(const Decl *D) { AllDeclsFound.insert(D->getCanonicalDecl()); }
353 
354   /// Add a visited context.
355   void addVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
356     CompletionContext.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
357   }
358 
359   /// \name Name lookup predicates
360   ///
361   /// These predicates can be passed to the name lookup functions to filter the
362   /// results of name lookup. All of the predicates have the same type, so that
363   ///
364   //@{
365   bool IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
366   bool IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
367   bool IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
368   bool IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
369   bool IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
370   bool IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
371   bool IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
372   bool IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
373   bool IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
374   bool IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
375   bool IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
376   bool IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
377   bool IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
378   bool IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
379   bool IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
380   bool IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
381   bool IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const;
382   //@}
383 };
384 } // namespace
385 
386 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
387   if (!Enabled)
388     return;
389   if (isa<BlockDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
390     if (sema::BlockScopeInfo *BSI = S.getCurBlock()) {
391       ComputeType = nullptr;
392       Type = BSI->ReturnType;
393       ExpectedLoc = Tok;
394     }
395   } else if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
396     ComputeType = nullptr;
397     Type = Function->getReturnType();
398     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
399   } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) {
400     ComputeType = nullptr;
401     Type = Method->getReturnType();
402     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
403   }
404 }
405 
406 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D) {
407   if (!Enabled)
408     return;
409   auto *VD = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
410   ComputeType = nullptr;
411   Type = VD ? VD->getType() : QualType();
412   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
413 }
414 
415 static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig);
416 
417 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterDesignatedInitializer(SourceLocation Tok,
418                                                       QualType BaseType,
419                                                       const Designation &D) {
420   if (!Enabled)
421     return;
422   ComputeType = nullptr;
423   Type = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
424   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
425 }
426 
427 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterFunctionArgument(
428     SourceLocation Tok, llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType) {
429   if (!Enabled)
430     return;
431   this->ComputeType = ComputeType;
432   Type = QualType();
433   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
434 }
435 
436 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok,
437                                           SourceLocation LParLoc) {
438   if (!Enabled)
439     return;
440   // expected type for parenthesized expression does not change.
441   if (ExpectedLoc == LParLoc)
442     ExpectedLoc = Tok;
443 }
444 
445 static QualType getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(Sema &S, Expr *LHS,
446                                             tok::TokenKind Op) {
447   if (!LHS)
448     return QualType();
449 
450   QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
451   if (LHSType->isPointerType()) {
452     if (Op == tok::plus || Op == tok::plusequal || Op == tok::minusequal)
453       return S.getASTContext().getPointerDiffType();
454     // Pointer difference is more common than subtracting an int from a pointer.
455     if (Op == tok::minus)
456       return LHSType;
457   }
458 
459   switch (Op) {
460   // No way to infer the type of RHS from LHS.
461   case tok::comma:
462     return QualType();
463   // Prefer the type of the left operand for all of these.
464   // Arithmetic operations.
465   case tok::plus:
466   case tok::plusequal:
467   case tok::minus:
468   case tok::minusequal:
469   case tok::percent:
470   case tok::percentequal:
471   case tok::slash:
472   case tok::slashequal:
473   case tok::star:
474   case tok::starequal:
475   // Assignment.
476   case tok::equal:
477   // Comparison operators.
478   case tok::equalequal:
479   case tok::exclaimequal:
480   case tok::less:
481   case tok::lessequal:
482   case tok::greater:
483   case tok::greaterequal:
484   case tok::spaceship:
485     return LHS->getType();
486   // Binary shifts are often overloaded, so don't try to guess those.
487   case tok::greatergreater:
488   case tok::greatergreaterequal:
489   case tok::lessless:
490   case tok::lesslessequal:
491     if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
492       return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
493     return QualType();
494   // Logical operators, assume we want bool.
495   case tok::ampamp:
496   case tok::pipepipe:
497   case tok::caretcaret:
498     return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
499   // Operators often used for bit manipulation are typically used with the type
500   // of the left argument.
501   case tok::pipe:
502   case tok::pipeequal:
503   case tok::caret:
504   case tok::caretequal:
505   case tok::amp:
506   case tok::ampequal:
507     if (LHSType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
508       return LHSType;
509     return QualType();
510   // RHS should be a pointer to a member of the 'LHS' type, but we can't give
511   // any particular type here.
512   case tok::periodstar:
513   case tok::arrowstar:
514     return QualType();
515   default:
516     // FIXME(ibiryukov): handle the missing op, re-add the assertion.
517     // assert(false && "unhandled binary op");
518     return QualType();
519   }
520 }
521 
522 /// Get preferred type for an argument of an unary expression. \p ContextType is
523 /// preferred type of the whole unary expression.
524 static QualType getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(Sema &S, QualType ContextType,
525                                            tok::TokenKind Op) {
526   switch (Op) {
527   case tok::exclaim:
528     return S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
529   case tok::amp:
530     if (!ContextType.isNull() && ContextType->isPointerType())
531       return ContextType->getPointeeType();
532     return QualType();
533   case tok::star:
534     if (ContextType.isNull())
535       return QualType();
536     return S.getASTContext().getPointerType(ContextType.getNonReferenceType());
537   case tok::plus:
538   case tok::minus:
539   case tok::tilde:
540   case tok::minusminus:
541   case tok::plusplus:
542     if (ContextType.isNull())
543       return S.getASTContext().IntTy;
544     // leave as is, these operators typically return the same type.
545     return ContextType;
546   case tok::kw___real:
547   case tok::kw___imag:
548     return QualType();
549   default:
550     assert(false && "unhandled unary op");
551     return QualType();
552   }
553 }
554 
555 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS,
556                                        tok::TokenKind Op) {
557   if (!Enabled)
558     return;
559   ComputeType = nullptr;
560   Type = getPreferredTypeOfBinaryRHS(S, LHS, Op);
561   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
562 }
563 
564 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
565                                           Expr *Base) {
566   if (!Enabled || !Base)
567     return;
568   // Do we have expected type for Base?
569   if (ExpectedLoc != Base->getBeginLoc())
570     return;
571   // Keep the expected type, only update the location.
572   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
573 }
574 
575 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
576                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
577                                       SourceLocation OpLoc) {
578   if (!Enabled)
579     return;
580   ComputeType = nullptr;
581   Type = getPreferredTypeOfUnaryArg(S, this->get(OpLoc), OpKind);
582   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
583 }
584 
585 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok,
586                                           Expr *LHS) {
587   if (!Enabled)
588     return;
589   ComputeType = nullptr;
590   Type = S.getASTContext().IntTy;
591   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
592 }
593 
594 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok,
595                                          QualType CastType) {
596   if (!Enabled)
597     return;
598   ComputeType = nullptr;
599   Type = !CastType.isNull() ? CastType.getCanonicalType() : QualType();
600   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
601 }
602 
603 void PreferredTypeBuilder::enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok) {
604   if (!Enabled)
605     return;
606   ComputeType = nullptr;
607   Type = S.getASTContext().BoolTy;
608   ExpectedLoc = Tok;
609 }
610 
611 class ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator {
612   llvm::PointerUnion<const NamedDecl *, const DeclIndexPair *> DeclOrIterator;
613   unsigned SingleDeclIndex;
614 
615 public:
616   typedef DeclIndexPair value_type;
617   typedef value_type reference;
618   typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type;
619   typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category;
620 
621   class pointer {
622     DeclIndexPair Value;
623 
624   public:
625     pointer(const DeclIndexPair &Value) : Value(Value) {}
626 
627     const DeclIndexPair *operator->() const { return &Value; }
628   };
629 
630   iterator() : DeclOrIterator((NamedDecl *)nullptr), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
631 
632   iterator(const NamedDecl *SingleDecl, unsigned Index)
633       : DeclOrIterator(SingleDecl), SingleDeclIndex(Index) {}
634 
635   iterator(const DeclIndexPair *Iterator)
636       : DeclOrIterator(Iterator), SingleDeclIndex(0) {}
637 
638   iterator &operator++() {
639     if (DeclOrIterator.is<const NamedDecl *>()) {
640       DeclOrIterator = (NamedDecl *)nullptr;
641       SingleDeclIndex = 0;
642       return *this;
643     }
644 
645     const DeclIndexPair *I = DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
646     ++I;
647     DeclOrIterator = I;
648     return *this;
649   }
650 
651   /*iterator operator++(int) {
652     iterator tmp(*this);
653     ++(*this);
654     return tmp;
655   }*/
656 
657   reference operator*() const {
658     if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrIterator.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
659       return reference(ND, SingleDeclIndex);
660 
661     return *DeclOrIterator.get<const DeclIndexPair *>();
662   }
663 
664   pointer operator->() const { return pointer(**this); }
665 
666   friend bool operator==(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
667     return X.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() ==
668                Y.DeclOrIterator.getOpaqueValue() &&
669            X.SingleDeclIndex == Y.SingleDeclIndex;
670   }
671 
672   friend bool operator!=(const iterator &X, const iterator &Y) {
673     return !(X == Y);
674   }
675 };
676 
677 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
678 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::begin() const {
679   if (DeclOrVector.isNull())
680     return iterator();
681 
682   if (const NamedDecl *ND = DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<const NamedDecl *>())
683     return iterator(ND, SingleDeclIndex);
684 
685   return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->begin());
686 }
687 
688 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::iterator
689 ResultBuilder::ShadowMapEntry::end() const {
690   if (DeclOrVector.is<const NamedDecl *>() || DeclOrVector.isNull())
691     return iterator();
692 
693   return iterator(DeclOrVector.get<DeclIndexPairVector *>()->end());
694 }
695 
696 /// Compute the qualification required to get from the current context
697 /// (\p CurContext) to the target context (\p TargetContext).
698 ///
699 /// \param Context the AST context in which the qualification will be used.
700 ///
701 /// \param CurContext the context where an entity is being named, which is
702 /// typically based on the current scope.
703 ///
704 /// \param TargetContext the context in which the named entity actually
705 /// resides.
706 ///
707 /// \returns a nested name specifier that refers into the target context, or
708 /// NULL if no qualification is needed.
709 static NestedNameSpecifier *
710 getRequiredQualification(ASTContext &Context, const DeclContext *CurContext,
711                          const DeclContext *TargetContext) {
712   SmallVector<const DeclContext *, 4> TargetParents;
713 
714   for (const DeclContext *CommonAncestor = TargetContext;
715        CommonAncestor && !CommonAncestor->Encloses(CurContext);
716        CommonAncestor = CommonAncestor->getLookupParent()) {
717     if (CommonAncestor->isTransparentContext() ||
718         CommonAncestor->isFunctionOrMethod())
719       continue;
720 
721     TargetParents.push_back(CommonAncestor);
722   }
723 
724   NestedNameSpecifier *Result = nullptr;
725   while (!TargetParents.empty()) {
726     const DeclContext *Parent = TargetParents.pop_back_val();
727 
728     if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Parent)) {
729       if (!Namespace->getIdentifier())
730         continue;
731 
732       Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, Result, Namespace);
733     } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Parent))
734       Result = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
735           Context, Result, false, Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getTypePtr());
736   }
737   return Result;
738 }
739 
740 // Some declarations have reserved names that we don't want to ever show.
741 // Filter out names reserved for the implementation if they come from a
742 // system header.
743 static bool shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(const NamedDecl *ND, Sema &SemaRef) {
744   ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = ND->isReserved(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
745   // Ignore reserved names for compiler provided decls.
746   if (isReservedInAllContexts(Status) && ND->getLocation().isInvalid())
747     return true;
748 
749   // For system headers ignore only double-underscore names.
750   // This allows for system headers providing private symbols with a single
751   // underscore.
752   if (Status == ReservedIdentifierStatus::StartsWithDoubleUnderscore &&
753       SemaRef.SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(
754           SemaRef.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(ND->getLocation())))
755     return true;
756 
757   return false;
758 }
759 
760 bool ResultBuilder::isInterestingDecl(const NamedDecl *ND,
761                                       bool &AsNestedNameSpecifier) const {
762   AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
763 
764   auto *Named = ND;
765   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
766 
767   // Skip unnamed entities.
768   if (!ND->getDeclName())
769     return false;
770 
771   // Friend declarations and declarations introduced due to friends are never
772   // added as results.
773   if (ND->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Undeclared)
774     return false;
775 
776   // Class template (partial) specializations are never added as results.
777   if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND) ||
778       isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(ND))
779     return false;
780 
781   // Using declarations themselves are never added as results.
782   if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
783     return false;
784 
785   if (shouldIgnoreDueToReservedName(ND, SemaRef))
786     return false;
787 
788   if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier ||
789       (isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND) && Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace &&
790        Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias && Filter != nullptr))
791     AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
792 
793   // Filter out any unwanted results.
794   if (Filter && !(this->*Filter)(Named)) {
795     // Check whether it is interesting as a nested-name-specifier.
796     if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
797         IsNestedNameSpecifier(ND) &&
798         (Filter != &ResultBuilder::IsMember ||
799          (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) &&
800           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)->isInjectedClassName()))) {
801       AsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
802       return true;
803     }
804 
805     return false;
806   }
807   // ... then it must be interesting!
808   return true;
809 }
810 
811 bool ResultBuilder::CheckHiddenResult(Result &R, DeclContext *CurContext,
812                                       const NamedDecl *Hiding) {
813   // In C, there is no way to refer to a hidden name.
814   // FIXME: This isn't true; we can find a tag name hidden by an ordinary
815   // name if we introduce the tag type.
816   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
817     return true;
818 
819   const DeclContext *HiddenCtx =
820       R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
821 
822   // There is no way to qualify a name declared in a function or method.
823   if (HiddenCtx->isFunctionOrMethod())
824     return true;
825 
826   if (HiddenCtx == Hiding->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())
827     return true;
828 
829   // We can refer to the result with the appropriate qualification. Do it.
830   R.Hidden = true;
831   R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
832 
833   if (!R.Qualifier)
834     R.Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(SemaRef.Context, CurContext,
835                                            R.Declaration->getDeclContext());
836   return false;
837 }
838 
839 /// A simplified classification of types used to determine whether two
840 /// types are "similar enough" when adjusting priorities.
841 SimplifiedTypeClass clang::getSimplifiedTypeClass(CanQualType T) {
842   switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
843   case Type::Builtin:
844     switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
845     case BuiltinType::Void:
846       return STC_Void;
847 
848     case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
849       return STC_Pointer;
850 
851     case BuiltinType::Overload:
852     case BuiltinType::Dependent:
853       return STC_Other;
854 
855     case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
856     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
857     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
858       return STC_ObjectiveC;
859 
860     default:
861       return STC_Arithmetic;
862     }
863 
864   case Type::Complex:
865     return STC_Arithmetic;
866 
867   case Type::Pointer:
868     return STC_Pointer;
869 
870   case Type::BlockPointer:
871     return STC_Block;
872 
873   case Type::LValueReference:
874   case Type::RValueReference:
875     return getSimplifiedTypeClass(T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType());
876 
877   case Type::ConstantArray:
878   case Type::IncompleteArray:
879   case Type::VariableArray:
880   case Type::DependentSizedArray:
881     return STC_Array;
882 
883   case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
884   case Type::Vector:
885   case Type::ExtVector:
886     return STC_Arithmetic;
887 
888   case Type::FunctionProto:
889   case Type::FunctionNoProto:
890     return STC_Function;
891 
892   case Type::Record:
893     return STC_Record;
894 
895   case Type::Enum:
896     return STC_Arithmetic;
897 
898   case Type::ObjCObject:
899   case Type::ObjCInterface:
900   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
901     return STC_ObjectiveC;
902 
903   default:
904     return STC_Other;
905   }
906 }
907 
908 /// Get the type that a given expression will have if this declaration
909 /// is used as an expression in its "typical" code-completion form.
910 QualType clang::getDeclUsageType(ASTContext &C, const NamedDecl *ND) {
911   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
912 
913   if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(ND))
914     return C.getTypeDeclType(Type);
915   if (const auto *Iface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))
916     return C.getObjCInterfaceType(Iface);
917 
918   QualType T;
919   if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
920     T = Function->getCallResultType();
921   else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND))
922     T = Method->getSendResultType();
923   else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
924     T = C.getTypeDeclType(cast<EnumDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
925   else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND))
926     T = Property->getType();
927   else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND))
928     T = Value->getType();
929 
930   if (T.isNull())
931     return QualType();
932 
933   // Dig through references, function pointers, and block pointers to
934   // get down to the likely type of an expression when the entity is
935   // used.
936   do {
937     if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
938       T = Ref->getPointeeType();
939       continue;
940     }
941 
942     if (const auto *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
943       if (Pointer->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
944         T = Pointer->getPointeeType();
945         continue;
946       }
947 
948       break;
949     }
950 
951     if (const auto *Block = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
952       T = Block->getPointeeType();
953       continue;
954     }
955 
956     if (const auto *Function = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
957       T = Function->getReturnType();
958       continue;
959     }
960 
961     break;
962   } while (true);
963 
964   return T;
965 }
966 
967 unsigned ResultBuilder::getBasePriority(const NamedDecl *ND) {
968   if (!ND)
969     return CCP_Unlikely;
970 
971   // Context-based decisions.
972   const DeclContext *LexicalDC = ND->getLexicalDeclContext();
973   if (LexicalDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
974     // _cmd is relatively rare
975     if (const auto *ImplicitParam = dyn_cast<ImplicitParamDecl>(ND))
976       if (ImplicitParam->getIdentifier() &&
977           ImplicitParam->getIdentifier()->isStr("_cmd"))
978         return CCP_ObjC_cmd;
979 
980     return CCP_LocalDeclaration;
981   }
982 
983   const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
984   if (DC->isRecord() || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC)) {
985     // Explicit destructor calls are very rare.
986     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(ND))
987       return CCP_Unlikely;
988     // Explicit operator and conversion function calls are also very rare.
989     auto DeclNameKind = ND->getDeclName().getNameKind();
990     if (DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
991         DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
992         DeclNameKind == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
993       return CCP_Unlikely;
994     return CCP_MemberDeclaration;
995   }
996 
997   // Content-based decisions.
998   if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(ND))
999     return CCP_Constant;
1000 
1001   // Use CCP_Type for type declarations unless we're in a statement, Objective-C
1002   // message receiver, or parenthesized expression context. There, it's as
1003   // likely that the user will want to write a type as other declarations.
1004   if ((isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
1005       !(CompletionContext.getKind() == CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement ||
1006         CompletionContext.getKind() ==
1007             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver ||
1008         CompletionContext.getKind() ==
1009             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression))
1010     return CCP_Type;
1011 
1012   return CCP_Declaration;
1013 }
1014 
1015 void ResultBuilder::AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(Result &R) {
1016   // If this is an Objective-C method declaration whose selector matches our
1017   // preferred selector, give it a priority boost.
1018   if (!PreferredSelector.isNull())
1019     if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
1020       if (PreferredSelector == Method->getSelector())
1021         R.Priority += CCD_SelectorMatch;
1022 
1023   // If we have a preferred type, adjust the priority for results with exactly-
1024   // matching or nearly-matching types.
1025   if (!PreferredType.isNull()) {
1026     QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, R.Declaration);
1027     if (!T.isNull()) {
1028       CanQualType TC = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
1029       // Check for exactly-matching types (modulo qualifiers).
1030       if (SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType, TC))
1031         R.Priority /= CCF_ExactTypeMatch;
1032       // Check for nearly-matching types, based on classification of each.
1033       else if ((getSimplifiedTypeClass(PreferredType) ==
1034                 getSimplifiedTypeClass(TC)) &&
1035                !(PreferredType->isEnumeralType() && TC->isEnumeralType()))
1036         R.Priority /= CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
1037     }
1038   }
1039 }
1040 
1041 static DeclContext::lookup_result getConstructors(ASTContext &Context,
1042                                                   const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
1043   QualType RecordTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
1044   DeclarationName ConstructorName =
1045       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1046           Context.getCanonicalType(RecordTy));
1047   return Record->lookup(ConstructorName);
1048 }
1049 
1050 void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddConstructorResults(Result R) {
1051   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !R.Declaration ||
1052       !CompletionContext.wantConstructorResults())
1053     return;
1054 
1055   const NamedDecl *D = R.Declaration;
1056   const CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1057   if (const ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(D))
1058     Record = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1059   else if ((Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))) {
1060     // Skip specializations and partial specializations.
1061     if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record))
1062       return;
1063   } else {
1064     // There are no constructors here.
1065     return;
1066   }
1067 
1068   Record = Record->getDefinition();
1069   if (!Record)
1070     return;
1071 
1072   for (NamedDecl *Ctor : getConstructors(SemaRef.Context, Record)) {
1073     R.Declaration = Ctor;
1074     R.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(R.Declaration);
1075     Results.push_back(R);
1076   }
1077 }
1078 
1079 static bool isConstructor(const Decl *ND) {
1080   if (const auto *Tmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
1081     ND = Tmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
1082   return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
1083 }
1084 
1085 void ResultBuilder::MaybeAddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext) {
1086   assert(!ShadowMaps.empty() && "Must enter into a results scope");
1087 
1088   if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
1089     // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
1090     Results.push_back(R);
1091     return;
1092   }
1093 
1094   // Look through using declarations.
1095   if (const UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
1096     CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
1097                                 getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
1098                                 R.Qualifier);
1099     Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
1100     MaybeAddResult(Result, CurContext);
1101     return;
1102   }
1103 
1104   const Decl *CanonDecl = R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl();
1105   unsigned IDNS = CanonDecl->getIdentifierNamespace();
1106 
1107   bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
1108   if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
1109     return;
1110 
1111   // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
1112   if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
1113     return;
1114 
1115   ShadowMap &SMap = ShadowMaps.back();
1116   ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
1117   ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SMap.find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
1118   if (NamePos != SMap.end()) {
1119     I = NamePos->second.begin();
1120     IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
1121   }
1122 
1123   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1124     const NamedDecl *ND = I->first;
1125     unsigned Index = I->second;
1126     if (ND->getCanonicalDecl() == CanonDecl) {
1127       // This is a redeclaration. Always pick the newer declaration.
1128       Results[Index].Declaration = R.Declaration;
1129 
1130       // We're done.
1131       return;
1132     }
1133   }
1134 
1135   // This is a new declaration in this scope. However, check whether this
1136   // declaration name is hidden by a similarly-named declaration in an outer
1137   // scope.
1138   std::list<ShadowMap>::iterator SM, SMEnd = ShadowMaps.end();
1139   --SMEnd;
1140   for (SM = ShadowMaps.begin(); SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
1141     ShadowMapEntry::iterator I, IEnd;
1142     ShadowMap::iterator NamePos = SM->find(R.Declaration->getDeclName());
1143     if (NamePos != SM->end()) {
1144       I = NamePos->second.begin();
1145       IEnd = NamePos->second.end();
1146     }
1147     for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1148       // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
1149       if (I->first->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
1150           (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
1151                    Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
1152         continue;
1153 
1154       // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
1155       if (((I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol) ||
1156            (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
1157           I->first->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
1158         continue;
1159 
1160       // The newly-added result is hidden by an entry in the shadow map.
1161       if (CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, I->first))
1162         return;
1163 
1164       break;
1165     }
1166   }
1167 
1168   // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
1169   if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(CanonDecl).second)
1170     return;
1171 
1172   // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
1173   // nested-name-specifier.
1174   if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1175     R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
1176     R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
1177   } else
1178     AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);
1179 
1180   // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
1181   if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
1182       !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1183     const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
1184     if (const NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
1185       R.Qualifier =
1186           NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
1187     else if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
1188       R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
1189           SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
1190           SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
1191     else
1192       R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
1193   }
1194 
1195   // Insert this result into the set of results and into the current shadow
1196   // map.
1197   SMap[R.Declaration->getDeclName()].Add(R.Declaration, Results.size());
1198   Results.push_back(R);
1199 
1200   if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
1201     MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1202 }
1203 
1204 static void setInBaseClass(ResultBuilder::Result &R) {
1205   R.Priority += CCD_InBaseClass;
1206   R.InBaseClass = true;
1207 }
1208 
1209 enum class OverloadCompare { BothViable, Dominates, Dominated };
1210 // Will Candidate ever be called on the object, when overloaded with Incumbent?
1211 // Returns Dominates if Candidate is always called, Dominated if Incumbent is
1212 // always called, BothViable if either may be called dependending on arguments.
1213 // Precondition: must actually be overloads!
1214 static OverloadCompare compareOverloads(const CXXMethodDecl &Candidate,
1215                                         const CXXMethodDecl &Incumbent,
1216                                         const Qualifiers &ObjectQuals,
1217                                         ExprValueKind ObjectKind) {
1218   // Base/derived shadowing is handled elsewhere.
1219   if (Candidate.getDeclContext() != Incumbent.getDeclContext())
1220     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1221   if (Candidate.isVariadic() != Incumbent.isVariadic() ||
1222       Candidate.getNumParams() != Incumbent.getNumParams() ||
1223       Candidate.getMinRequiredArguments() !=
1224           Incumbent.getMinRequiredArguments())
1225     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1226   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Candidate.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I)
1227     if (Candidate.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType() !=
1228         Incumbent.parameters()[I]->getType().getCanonicalType())
1229       return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1230   if (!llvm::empty(Candidate.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) ||
1231       !llvm::empty(Incumbent.specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()))
1232     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1233   // At this point, we know calls can't pick one or the other based on
1234   // arguments, so one of the two must win. (Or both fail, handled elsewhere).
1235   RefQualifierKind CandidateRef = Candidate.getRefQualifier();
1236   RefQualifierKind IncumbentRef = Incumbent.getRefQualifier();
1237   if (CandidateRef != IncumbentRef) {
1238     // If the object kind is LValue/RValue, there's one acceptable ref-qualifier
1239     // and it can't be mixed with ref-unqualified overloads (in valid code).
1240 
1241     // For xvalue objects, we prefer the rvalue overload even if we have to
1242     // add qualifiers (which is rare, because const&& is rare).
1243     if (ObjectKind == clang::VK_XValue)
1244       return CandidateRef == RQ_RValue ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
1245                                        : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
1246   }
1247   // Now the ref qualifiers are the same (or we're in some invalid state).
1248   // So make some decision based on the qualifiers.
1249   Qualifiers CandidateQual = Candidate.getMethodQualifiers();
1250   Qualifiers IncumbentQual = Incumbent.getMethodQualifiers();
1251   bool CandidateSuperset = CandidateQual.compatiblyIncludes(IncumbentQual);
1252   bool IncumbentSuperset = IncumbentQual.compatiblyIncludes(CandidateQual);
1253   if (CandidateSuperset == IncumbentSuperset)
1254     return OverloadCompare::BothViable;
1255   return IncumbentSuperset ? OverloadCompare::Dominates
1256                            : OverloadCompare::Dominated;
1257 }
1258 
1259 void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R, DeclContext *CurContext,
1260                               NamedDecl *Hiding, bool InBaseClass = false) {
1261   if (R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration) {
1262     // For non-declaration results, just add the result.
1263     Results.push_back(R);
1264     return;
1265   }
1266 
1267   // Look through using declarations.
1268   if (const auto *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
1269     CodeCompletionResult Result(Using->getTargetDecl(),
1270                                 getBasePriority(Using->getTargetDecl()),
1271                                 R.Qualifier);
1272     Result.ShadowDecl = Using;
1273     AddResult(Result, CurContext, Hiding);
1274     return;
1275   }
1276 
1277   bool AsNestedNameSpecifier = false;
1278   if (!isInterestingDecl(R.Declaration, AsNestedNameSpecifier))
1279     return;
1280 
1281   // C++ constructors are never found by name lookup.
1282   if (isConstructor(R.Declaration))
1283     return;
1284 
1285   if (Hiding && CheckHiddenResult(R, CurContext, Hiding))
1286     return;
1287 
1288   // Make sure that any given declaration only shows up in the result set once.
1289   if (!AllDeclsFound.insert(R.Declaration->getCanonicalDecl()).second)
1290     return;
1291 
1292   // If the filter is for nested-name-specifiers, then this result starts a
1293   // nested-name-specifier.
1294   if (AsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1295     R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier = true;
1296     R.Priority = CCP_NestedNameSpecifier;
1297   } else if (Filter == &ResultBuilder::IsMember && !R.Qualifier &&
1298              InBaseClass &&
1299              isa<CXXRecordDecl>(
1300                  R.Declaration->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1301     R.QualifierIsInformative = true;
1302 
1303   // If this result is supposed to have an informative qualifier, add one.
1304   if (R.QualifierIsInformative && !R.Qualifier &&
1305       !R.StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
1306     const DeclContext *Ctx = R.Declaration->getDeclContext();
1307     if (const auto *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(Ctx))
1308       R.Qualifier =
1309           NestedNameSpecifier::Create(SemaRef.Context, nullptr, Namespace);
1310     else if (const auto *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Ctx))
1311       R.Qualifier = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(
1312           SemaRef.Context, nullptr, false,
1313           SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(Tag).getTypePtr());
1314     else
1315       R.QualifierIsInformative = false;
1316   }
1317 
1318   // Adjust the priority if this result comes from a base class.
1319   if (InBaseClass)
1320     setInBaseClass(R);
1321 
1322   AdjustResultPriorityForDecl(R);
1323 
1324   if (HasObjectTypeQualifiers)
1325     if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(R.Declaration))
1326       if (Method->isInstance()) {
1327         Qualifiers MethodQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers();
1328         if (ObjectTypeQualifiers == MethodQuals)
1329           R.Priority += CCD_ObjectQualifierMatch;
1330         else if (ObjectTypeQualifiers - MethodQuals) {
1331           // The method cannot be invoked, because doing so would drop
1332           // qualifiers.
1333           return;
1334         }
1335         // Detect cases where a ref-qualified method cannot be invoked.
1336         switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) {
1337           case RQ_LValue:
1338             if (ObjectKind != VK_LValue && !MethodQuals.hasConst())
1339               return;
1340             break;
1341           case RQ_RValue:
1342             if (ObjectKind == VK_LValue)
1343               return;
1344             break;
1345           case RQ_None:
1346             break;
1347         }
1348 
1349         /// Check whether this dominates another overloaded method, which should
1350         /// be suppressed (or vice versa).
1351         /// Motivating case is const_iterator begin() const vs iterator begin().
1352         auto &OverloadSet = OverloadMap[std::make_pair(
1353             CurContext, Method->getDeclName().getAsOpaqueInteger())];
1354         for (const DeclIndexPair Entry : OverloadSet) {
1355           Result &Incumbent = Results[Entry.second];
1356           switch (compareOverloads(*Method,
1357                                    *cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Incumbent.Declaration),
1358                                    ObjectTypeQualifiers, ObjectKind)) {
1359           case OverloadCompare::Dominates:
1360             // Replace the dominated overload with this one.
1361             // FIXME: if the overload dominates multiple incumbents then we
1362             // should remove all. But two overloads is by far the common case.
1363             Incumbent = std::move(R);
1364             return;
1365           case OverloadCompare::Dominated:
1366             // This overload can't be called, drop it.
1367             return;
1368           case OverloadCompare::BothViable:
1369             break;
1370           }
1371         }
1372         OverloadSet.Add(Method, Results.size());
1373       }
1374 
1375   // Insert this result into the set of results.
1376   Results.push_back(R);
1377 
1378   if (!AsNestedNameSpecifier)
1379     MaybeAddConstructorResults(R);
1380 }
1381 
1382 void ResultBuilder::AddResult(Result R) {
1383   assert(R.Kind != Result::RK_Declaration &&
1384          "Declaration results need more context");
1385   Results.push_back(R);
1386 }
1387 
1388 /// Enter into a new scope.
1389 void ResultBuilder::EnterNewScope() { ShadowMaps.emplace_back(); }
1390 
1391 /// Exit from the current scope.
1392 void ResultBuilder::ExitScope() {
1393   ShadowMaps.pop_back();
1394 }
1395 
1396 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1397 /// ordinary name lookup.
1398 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1399   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1400 
1401   // If name lookup finds a local extern declaration, then we are in a
1402   // context where it behaves like an ordinary name.
1403   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1404   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1405     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
1406   else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
1407     if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
1408       return true;
1409   }
1410 
1411   return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1412 }
1413 
1414 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1415 /// ordinary name lookup but is not a type name.
1416 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1417   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1418   if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
1419     return false;
1420   // Objective-C interfaces names are not filtered by this method because they
1421   // can be used in a class property expression. We can still filter out
1422   // @class declarations though.
1423   if (const auto *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) {
1424     if (!ID->getDefinition())
1425       return false;
1426   }
1427 
1428   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1429   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1430     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_Member;
1431   else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
1432     if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND))
1433       return true;
1434   }
1435 
1436   return ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS;
1437 }
1438 
1439 bool ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1440   if (!IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND))
1441     return false;
1442 
1443   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1444     if (VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1445       return true;
1446 
1447   return false;
1448 }
1449 
1450 /// Determines whether this given declaration will be found by
1451 /// ordinary name lookup.
1452 bool ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1453   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1454 
1455   unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
1456   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1457     IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
1458 
1459   return (ND->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) && !isa<ValueDecl>(ND) &&
1460          !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1461 }
1462 
1463 /// Determines whether the given declaration is suitable as the
1464 /// start of a C++ nested-name-specifier, e.g., a class or namespace.
1465 bool ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1466   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1467   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1468     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1469 
1470   return SemaRef.isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(ND);
1471 }
1472 
1473 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an enumeration.
1474 bool ResultBuilder::IsEnum(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1475   return isa<EnumDecl>(ND);
1476 }
1477 
1478 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a class or struct.
1479 bool ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1480   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1481   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1482     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1483 
1484   // For purposes of this check, interfaces match too.
1485   if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
1486     return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Class || RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Struct ||
1487            RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Interface;
1488 
1489   return false;
1490 }
1491 
1492 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a union.
1493 bool ResultBuilder::IsUnion(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1494   // Allow us to find class templates, too.
1495   if (const auto *ClassTemplate = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND))
1496     ND = ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1497 
1498   if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(ND))
1499     return RD->getTagKind() == TTK_Union;
1500 
1501   return false;
1502 }
1503 
1504 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace.
1505 bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespace(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1506   return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND);
1507 }
1508 
1509 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a namespace or
1510 /// namespace alias.
1511 bool ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1512   return isa<NamespaceDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
1513 }
1514 
1515 /// Determines whether the given declaration is a type.
1516 bool ResultBuilder::IsType(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1517   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1518   return isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
1519 }
1520 
1521 /// Determines which members of a class should be visible via
1522 /// "." or "->".  Only value declarations, nested name specifiers, and
1523 /// using declarations thereof should show up.
1524 bool ResultBuilder::IsMember(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1525   ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
1526   return isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND) ||
1527          isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND);
1528 }
1529 
1530 static bool isObjCReceiverType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
1531   T = C.getCanonicalType(T);
1532   switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
1533   case Type::ObjCObject:
1534   case Type::ObjCInterface:
1535   case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1536     return true;
1537 
1538   case Type::Builtin:
1539     switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
1540     case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1541     case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1542     case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
1543       return true;
1544 
1545     default:
1546       break;
1547     }
1548     return false;
1549 
1550   default:
1551     break;
1552   }
1553 
1554   if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1555     return false;
1556 
1557   // FIXME: We could perform more analysis here to determine whether a
1558   // particular class type has any conversions to Objective-C types. For now,
1559   // just accept all class types.
1560   return T->isDependentType() || T->isRecordType();
1561 }
1562 
1563 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1564   QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
1565   if (T.isNull())
1566     return false;
1567 
1568   T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
1569   return isObjCReceiverType(SemaRef.Context, T);
1570 }
1571 
1572 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture(
1573     const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1574   if (IsObjCMessageReceiver(ND))
1575     return true;
1576 
1577   const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
1578   if (!Var)
1579     return false;
1580 
1581   return Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
1582 }
1583 
1584 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1585   if ((SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryName(ND)) ||
1586       (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdinaryNonTypeName(ND)))
1587     return false;
1588 
1589   QualType T = getDeclUsageType(SemaRef.Context, ND);
1590   if (T.isNull())
1591     return false;
1592 
1593   T = SemaRef.Context.getBaseElementType(T);
1594   return T->isObjCObjectType() || T->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
1595          T->isObjCIdType() ||
1596          (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && T->isRecordType());
1597 }
1598 
1599 bool ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1600   return false;
1601 }
1602 
1603 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an Objective-C
1604 /// instance variable.
1605 bool ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
1606   return isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND);
1607 }
1608 
1609 namespace {
1610 
1611 /// Visible declaration consumer that adds a code-completion result
1612 /// for each visible declaration.
1613 class CodeCompletionDeclConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
1614   ResultBuilder &Results;
1615   DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx;
1616   // NamingClass and BaseType are used for access-checking. See
1617   // Sema::IsSimplyAccessible for details.
1618   CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass;
1619   QualType BaseType;
1620   std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
1621 
1622 public:
1623   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer(
1624       ResultBuilder &Results, DeclContext *InitialLookupCtx,
1625       QualType BaseType = QualType(),
1626       std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts = std::vector<FixItHint>())
1627       : Results(Results), InitialLookupCtx(InitialLookupCtx),
1628         FixIts(std::move(FixIts)) {
1629     NamingClass = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitialLookupCtx);
1630     // If BaseType was not provided explicitly, emulate implicit 'this->'.
1631     if (BaseType.isNull()) {
1632       auto ThisType = Results.getSema().getCurrentThisType();
1633       if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
1634         assert(ThisType->isPointerType());
1635         BaseType = ThisType->getPointeeType();
1636         if (!NamingClass)
1637           NamingClass = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1638       }
1639     }
1640     this->BaseType = BaseType;
1641   }
1642 
1643   void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
1644                  bool InBaseClass) override {
1645     ResultBuilder::Result Result(ND, Results.getBasePriority(ND), nullptr,
1646                                  false, IsAccessible(ND, Ctx), FixIts);
1647     Results.AddResult(Result, InitialLookupCtx, Hiding, InBaseClass);
1648   }
1649 
1650   void EnteredContext(DeclContext *Ctx) override {
1651     Results.addVisitedContext(Ctx);
1652   }
1653 
1654 private:
1655   bool IsAccessible(NamedDecl *ND, DeclContext *Ctx) {
1656     // Naming class to use for access check. In most cases it was provided
1657     // explicitly (e.g. member access (lhs.foo) or qualified lookup (X::)),
1658     // for unqualified lookup we fallback to the \p Ctx in which we found the
1659     // member.
1660     auto *NamingClass = this->NamingClass;
1661     QualType BaseType = this->BaseType;
1662     if (auto *Cls = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
1663       if (!NamingClass)
1664         NamingClass = Cls;
1665       // When we emulate implicit 'this->' in an unqualified lookup, we might
1666       // end up with an invalid naming class. In that case, we avoid emulating
1667       // 'this->' qualifier to satisfy preconditions of the access checking.
1668       if (NamingClass->getCanonicalDecl() != Cls->getCanonicalDecl() &&
1669           !NamingClass->isDerivedFrom(Cls)) {
1670         NamingClass = Cls;
1671         BaseType = QualType();
1672       }
1673     } else {
1674       // The decl was found outside the C++ class, so only ObjC access checks
1675       // apply. Those do not rely on NamingClass and BaseType, so we clear them
1676       // out.
1677       NamingClass = nullptr;
1678       BaseType = QualType();
1679     }
1680     return Results.getSema().IsSimplyAccessible(ND, NamingClass, BaseType);
1681   }
1682 };
1683 } // namespace
1684 
1685 /// Add type specifiers for the current language as keyword results.
1686 static void AddTypeSpecifierResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1687                                     ResultBuilder &Results) {
1688   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1689   Results.AddResult(Result("short", CCP_Type));
1690   Results.AddResult(Result("long", CCP_Type));
1691   Results.AddResult(Result("signed", CCP_Type));
1692   Results.AddResult(Result("unsigned", CCP_Type));
1693   Results.AddResult(Result("void", CCP_Type));
1694   Results.AddResult(Result("char", CCP_Type));
1695   Results.AddResult(Result("int", CCP_Type));
1696   Results.AddResult(Result("float", CCP_Type));
1697   Results.AddResult(Result("double", CCP_Type));
1698   Results.AddResult(Result("enum", CCP_Type));
1699   Results.AddResult(Result("struct", CCP_Type));
1700   Results.AddResult(Result("union", CCP_Type));
1701   Results.AddResult(Result("const", CCP_Type));
1702   Results.AddResult(Result("volatile", CCP_Type));
1703 
1704   if (LangOpts.C99) {
1705     // C99-specific
1706     Results.AddResult(Result("_Complex", CCP_Type));
1707     Results.AddResult(Result("_Imaginary", CCP_Type));
1708     Results.AddResult(Result("_Bool", CCP_Type));
1709     Results.AddResult(Result("restrict", CCP_Type));
1710   }
1711 
1712   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
1713                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1714   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
1715     // C++-specific
1716     Results.AddResult(
1717         Result("bool", CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0)));
1718     Results.AddResult(Result("class", CCP_Type));
1719     Results.AddResult(Result("wchar_t", CCP_Type));
1720 
1721     // typename name
1722     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typename");
1723     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1724     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1725     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1726 
1727     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
1728       Results.AddResult(Result("auto", CCP_Type));
1729       Results.AddResult(Result("char16_t", CCP_Type));
1730       Results.AddResult(Result("char32_t", CCP_Type));
1731 
1732       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("decltype");
1733       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1734       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1735       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1736       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1737     }
1738   } else
1739     Results.AddResult(Result("__auto_type", CCP_Type));
1740 
1741   // GNU keywords
1742   if (LangOpts.GNUKeywords) {
1743     // FIXME: Enable when we actually support decimal floating point.
1744     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal32"));
1745     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal64"));
1746     //    Results.AddResult(Result("_Decimal128"));
1747 
1748     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
1749     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1750     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1751     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1752 
1753     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeof");
1754     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1755     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1756     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1757     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1758   }
1759 
1760   // Nullability
1761   Results.AddResult(Result("_Nonnull", CCP_Type));
1762   Results.AddResult(Result("_Null_unspecified", CCP_Type));
1763   Results.AddResult(Result("_Nullable", CCP_Type));
1764 }
1765 
1766 static void AddStorageSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1767                                  const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1768                                  ResultBuilder &Results) {
1769   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1770   // Note: we don't suggest either "auto" or "register", because both
1771   // are pointless as storage specifiers. Elsewhere, we suggest "auto"
1772   // in C++0x as a type specifier.
1773   Results.AddResult(Result("extern"));
1774   Results.AddResult(Result("static"));
1775 
1776   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
1777     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
1778     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1779 
1780     // alignas
1781     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignas");
1782     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1783     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1784     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1785     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
1786 
1787     Results.AddResult(Result("constexpr"));
1788     Results.AddResult(Result("thread_local"));
1789   }
1790 }
1791 
1792 static void AddFunctionSpecifiers(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1793                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1794                                   ResultBuilder &Results) {
1795   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
1796   switch (CCC) {
1797   case Sema::PCC_Class:
1798   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
1799     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
1800       Results.AddResult(Result("explicit"));
1801       Results.AddResult(Result("friend"));
1802       Results.AddResult(Result("mutable"));
1803       Results.AddResult(Result("virtual"));
1804     }
1805     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
1806 
1807   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
1808   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
1809   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
1810   case Sema::PCC_Template:
1811     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.C99)
1812       Results.AddResult(Result("inline"));
1813     break;
1814 
1815   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
1816   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
1817   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
1818   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
1819   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
1820   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
1821   case Sema::PCC_Type:
1822   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
1823   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
1824     break;
1825   }
1826 }
1827 
1828 static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1829 static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1830 static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1831                                      ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1832 static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1833                                          ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1834 static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
1835                                     ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1836 static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt);
1837 
1838 static void AddTypedefResult(ResultBuilder &Results) {
1839   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
1840                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1841   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typedef");
1842   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1843   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1844   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1845   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1846   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1847   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1848 }
1849 
1850 // using name = type
1851 static void AddUsingAliasResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
1852                                 ResultBuilder &Results) {
1853   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
1854   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
1855   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
1856   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
1857   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
1858   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1859   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1860 }
1861 
1862 static bool WantTypesInContext(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC,
1863                                const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
1864   switch (CCC) {
1865   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
1866   case Sema::PCC_Class:
1867   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
1868   case Sema::PCC_Template:
1869   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
1870   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
1871   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
1872   case Sema::PCC_Type:
1873   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
1874   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
1875     return true;
1876 
1877   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
1878   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
1879     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
1880 
1881   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
1882   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
1883     return false;
1884 
1885   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
1886     return LangOpts.CPlusPlus || LangOpts.ObjC || LangOpts.C99;
1887   }
1888 
1889   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!");
1890 }
1891 
1892 static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Context,
1893                                                   const Preprocessor &PP) {
1894   PrintingPolicy Policy = Sema::getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1895   Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false;
1896   Policy.SuppressStrongLifetime = true;
1897   Policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true;
1898   Policy.SuppressScope = true;
1899   Policy.CleanUglifiedParameters = true;
1900   return Policy;
1901 }
1902 
1903 /// Retrieve a printing policy suitable for code completion.
1904 static PrintingPolicy getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Sema &S) {
1905   return getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.Context, S.PP);
1906 }
1907 
1908 /// Retrieve the string representation of the given type as a string
1909 /// that has the appropriate lifetime for code completion.
1910 ///
1911 /// This routine provides a fast path where we provide constant strings for
1912 /// common type names.
1913 static const char *GetCompletionTypeString(QualType T, ASTContext &Context,
1914                                            const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
1915                                            CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator) {
1916   if (!T.getLocalQualifiers()) {
1917     // Built-in type names are constant strings.
1918     if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(T))
1919       return BT->getNameAsCString(Policy);
1920 
1921     // Anonymous tag types are constant strings.
1922     if (const TagType *TagT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T))
1923       if (TagDecl *Tag = TagT->getDecl())
1924         if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage()) {
1925           switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
1926           case TTK_Struct:
1927             return "struct <anonymous>";
1928           case TTK_Interface:
1929             return "__interface <anonymous>";
1930           case TTK_Class:
1931             return "class <anonymous>";
1932           case TTK_Union:
1933             return "union <anonymous>";
1934           case TTK_Enum:
1935             return "enum <anonymous>";
1936           }
1937         }
1938   }
1939 
1940   // Slow path: format the type as a string.
1941   std::string Result;
1942   T.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
1943   return Allocator.CopyString(Result);
1944 }
1945 
1946 /// Add a completion for "this", if we're in a member function.
1947 static void addThisCompletion(Sema &S, ResultBuilder &Results) {
1948   QualType ThisTy = S.getCurrentThisType();
1949   if (ThisTy.isNull())
1950     return;
1951 
1952   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
1953   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
1954   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
1955   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
1956       GetCompletionTypeString(ThisTy, S.Context, Policy, Allocator));
1957   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("this");
1958   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1959 }
1960 
1961 static void AddStaticAssertResult(CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
1962                                   ResultBuilder &Results,
1963                                   const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
1964   if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
1965     return;
1966 
1967   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_assert");
1968   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
1969   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
1970   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
1971   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
1972   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
1973   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
1974   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
1975 }
1976 
1977 static void AddOverrideResults(ResultBuilder &Results,
1978                                const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
1979                                CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
1980   Sema &S = Results.getSema();
1981   const auto *CR = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(S.CurContext);
1982   // If not inside a class/struct/union return empty.
1983   if (!CR)
1984     return;
1985   // First store overrides within current class.
1986   // These are stored by name to make querying fast in the later step.
1987   llvm::StringMap<std::vector<FunctionDecl *>> Overrides;
1988   for (auto *Method : CR->methods()) {
1989     if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
1990       continue;
1991     Overrides[Method->getName()].push_back(Method);
1992   }
1993 
1994   for (const auto &Base : CR->bases()) {
1995     const auto *BR = Base.getType().getTypePtr()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1996     if (!BR)
1997       continue;
1998     for (auto *Method : BR->methods()) {
1999       if (!Method->isVirtual() || !Method->getIdentifier())
2000         continue;
2001       const auto it = Overrides.find(Method->getName());
2002       bool IsOverriden = false;
2003       if (it != Overrides.end()) {
2004         for (auto *MD : it->second) {
2005           // If the method in current body is not an overload of this virtual
2006           // function, then it overrides this one.
2007           if (!S.IsOverload(MD, Method, false)) {
2008             IsOverriden = true;
2009             break;
2010           }
2011         }
2012       }
2013       if (!IsOverriden) {
2014         // Generates a new CodeCompletionResult by taking this function and
2015         // converting it into an override declaration with only one chunk in the
2016         // final CodeCompletionString as a TypedTextChunk.
2017         std::string OverrideSignature;
2018         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(OverrideSignature);
2019         CodeCompletionResult CCR(Method, 0);
2020         PrintingPolicy Policy =
2021             getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S.getASTContext(), S.getPreprocessor());
2022         auto *CCS = CCR.createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
2023             S.getPreprocessor(), S.getASTContext(), Builder,
2024             /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false, CCContext, Policy);
2025         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(CCS, Method, CCP_CodePattern));
2026       }
2027     }
2028   }
2029 }
2030 
2031 /// Add language constructs that show up for "ordinary" names.
2032 static void AddOrdinaryNameResults(Sema::ParserCompletionContext CCC, Scope *S,
2033                                    Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results) {
2034   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
2035   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
2036 
2037   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
2038   switch (CCC) {
2039   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
2040     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2041       if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2042         // namespace <identifier> { declarations }
2043         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
2044         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2045         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2046         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2047         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2048         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2049         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declarations");
2050         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2051         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2052         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2053       }
2054 
2055       // namespace identifier = identifier ;
2056       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("namespace");
2057       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2058       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2059       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
2060       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("namespace");
2061       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2062       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2063 
2064       // Using directives
2065       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
2066       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2067       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2068       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2069       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2070 
2071       // asm(string-literal)
2072       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("asm");
2073       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2074       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string-literal");
2075       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2076       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2077 
2078       if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2079         // Explicit template instantiation
2080         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
2081         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2082         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
2083         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2084       } else {
2085         Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
2086       }
2087     }
2088 
2089     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2090       AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, true);
2091 
2092     AddTypedefResult(Results);
2093     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2094 
2095   case Sema::PCC_Class:
2096     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2097       // Using declaration
2098       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using");
2099       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2100       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
2101       Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
2102       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2103       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2104       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2105 
2106       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2107         AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);
2108 
2109       // using typename qualifier::name (only in a dependent context)
2110       if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) {
2111         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using typename");
2112         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2113         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("qualifier");
2114         Builder.AddTextChunk("::");
2115         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
2116         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2117         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2118       }
2119 
2120       AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());
2121 
2122       if (CCC == Sema::PCC_Class) {
2123         AddTypedefResult(Results);
2124 
2125         bool IsNotInheritanceScope =
2126             !(S->getFlags() & Scope::ClassInheritanceScope);
2127         // public:
2128         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("public");
2129         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2130           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2131         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2132 
2133         // protected:
2134         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("protected");
2135         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2136           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2137         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2138 
2139         // private:
2140         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("private");
2141         if (IsNotInheritanceScope && Results.includeCodePatterns())
2142           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2143         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2144 
2145         // FIXME: This adds override results only if we are at the first word of
2146         // the declaration/definition. Also call this from other sides to have
2147         // more use-cases.
2148         AddOverrideResults(Results, CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion,
2149                            Builder);
2150       }
2151     }
2152     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2153 
2154   case Sema::PCC_Template:
2155   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
2156     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2157       // template < parameters >
2158       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("template");
2159       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2160       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameters");
2161       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2162       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2163     } else {
2164       Results.AddResult(Result("template", CodeCompletionResult::RK_Keyword));
2165     }
2166 
2167     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2168     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2169     break;
2170 
2171   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
2172     AddObjCInterfaceResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2173     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2174     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2175     break;
2176 
2177   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
2178     AddObjCImplementationResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2179     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2180     AddFunctionSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2181     break;
2182 
2183   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
2184     AddObjCVisibilityResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results, true);
2185     break;
2186 
2187   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
2188   case Sema::PCC_Statement: {
2189     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2190       AddUsingAliasResult(Builder, Results);
2191 
2192     AddTypedefResult(Results);
2193 
2194     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Results.includeCodePatterns() &&
2195         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
2196       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("try");
2197       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2198       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2199       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2200       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2201       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2202       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2203       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2204       Builder.AddTextChunk("catch");
2205       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2206       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2207       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("declaration");
2208       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2209       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2210       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2211       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2212       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2213       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2214       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2215       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2216     }
2217     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2218       AddObjCStatementResults(Results, true);
2219 
2220     if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2221       // if (condition) { statements }
2222       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
2223       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2224       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2225       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2226         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2227       else
2228         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2229       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2230       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2231       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2232       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2233       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2234       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2235       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2236       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2237 
2238       // switch (condition) { }
2239       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("switch");
2240       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2241       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2242       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2243         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2244       else
2245         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2246       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2247       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2248       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2249       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2250       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("cases");
2251       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2252       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2253       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2254     }
2255 
2256     // Switch-specific statements.
2257     if (SemaRef.getCurFunction() &&
2258         !SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
2259       // case expression:
2260       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("case");
2261       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2262       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2263       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2264       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2265 
2266       // default:
2267       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("default");
2268       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2269       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2270     }
2271 
2272     if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
2273       /// while (condition) { statements }
2274       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("while");
2275       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2276       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2277       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2278         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2279       else
2280         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2281       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2282       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2283       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2284       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2285       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2286       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2287       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2288       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2289 
2290       // do { statements } while ( expression );
2291       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("do");
2292       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2293       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2294       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2295       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2296       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2297       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2298       Builder.AddTextChunk("while");
2299       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2300       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2301       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2302       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2303       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2304 
2305       // for ( for-init-statement ; condition ; expression ) { statements }
2306       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
2307       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2308       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2309       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
2310         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-statement");
2311       else
2312         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("init-expression");
2313       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2314       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2315       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
2316       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2317       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2318       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("inc-expression");
2319       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2320       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2321       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2322       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2323       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2324       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2325       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2326       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2327 
2328       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2329         // for ( range_declaration (:|in) range_expression ) { statements }
2330         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("for");
2331         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2332         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2333         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-declaration");
2334         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2335         if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC)
2336           Builder.AddTextChunk("in");
2337         else
2338           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
2339         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2340         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("range-expression");
2341         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2342         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2343         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
2344         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2345         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
2346         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
2347         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
2348         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2349       }
2350     }
2351 
2352     if (S->getContinueParent()) {
2353       // continue ;
2354       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("continue");
2355       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2356       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2357     }
2358 
2359     if (S->getBreakParent()) {
2360       // break ;
2361       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("break");
2362       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2363       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2364     }
2365 
2366     // "return expression ;" or "return ;", depending on the return type.
2367     QualType ReturnType;
2368     if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
2369       ReturnType = Function->getReturnType();
2370     else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext))
2371       ReturnType = Method->getReturnType();
2372     else if (SemaRef.getCurBlock() &&
2373              !SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType.isNull())
2374       ReturnType = SemaRef.getCurBlock()->ReturnType;;
2375     if (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
2376       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
2377       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2378       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2379     } else {
2380       assert(!ReturnType.isNull());
2381       // "return expression ;"
2382       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return");
2383       Builder.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2384       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2385       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2386       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2387       // When boolean, also add 'return true;' and 'return false;'.
2388       if (ReturnType->isBooleanType()) {
2389         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return true");
2390         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2391         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2392 
2393         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return false");
2394         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2395         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2396       }
2397       // For pointers, suggest 'return nullptr' in C++.
2398       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
2399           (ReturnType->isPointerType() || ReturnType->isMemberPointerType())) {
2400         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("return nullptr");
2401         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2402         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2403       }
2404     }
2405 
2406     // goto identifier ;
2407     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("goto");
2408     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2409     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("label");
2410     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2411     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2412 
2413     // Using directives
2414     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("using namespace");
2415     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2416     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("identifier");
2417     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
2418     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2419 
2420     AddStaticAssertResult(Builder, Results, SemaRef.getLangOpts());
2421   }
2422     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2423 
2424   // Fall through (for statement expressions).
2425   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
2426   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
2427     AddStorageSpecifiers(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2428     // Fall through: conditions and statements can have expressions.
2429     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2430 
2431   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
2432     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
2433         CCC == Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression) {
2434       // (__bridge <type>)<expression>
2435       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge");
2436       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2437       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2438       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2439       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2440       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2441 
2442       // (__bridge_transfer <Objective-C type>)<expression>
2443       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_transfer");
2444       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2445       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("Objective-C type");
2446       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2447       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2448       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2449 
2450       // (__bridge_retained <CF type>)<expression>
2451       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("__bridge_retained");
2452       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2453       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("CF type");
2454       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2455       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2456       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2457     }
2458     // Fall through
2459     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
2460 
2461   case Sema::PCC_Expression: {
2462     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2463       // 'this', if we're in a non-static member function.
2464       addThisCompletion(SemaRef, Results);
2465 
2466       // true
2467       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2468       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("true");
2469       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2470 
2471       // false
2472       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2473       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("false");
2474       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2475 
2476       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
2477         // dynamic_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2478         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("dynamic_cast");
2479         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2480         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2481         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2482         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2483         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2484         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2485         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2486       }
2487 
2488       // static_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2489       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("static_cast");
2490       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2491       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2492       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2493       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2494       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2495       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2496       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2497 
2498       // reinterpret_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2499       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("reinterpret_cast");
2500       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2501       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2502       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2503       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2504       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2505       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2506       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2507 
2508       // const_cast < type-id > ( expression )
2509       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("const_cast");
2510       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
2511       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2512       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
2513       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2514       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2515       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2516       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2517 
2518       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().RTTI) {
2519         // typeid ( expression-or-type )
2520         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::type_info");
2521         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("typeid");
2522         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2523         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
2524         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2525         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2526       }
2527 
2528       // new T ( ... )
2529       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
2530       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2531       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2532       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2533       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
2534       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2535       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2536 
2537       // new T [ ] ( ... )
2538       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("new");
2539       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2540       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2541       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
2542       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("size");
2543       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
2544       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2545       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expressions");
2546       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2547       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2548 
2549       // delete expression
2550       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2551       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
2552       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2553       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2554       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2555 
2556       // delete [] expression
2557       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2558       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("delete");
2559       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2560       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
2561       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
2562       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2563       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2564       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2565 
2566       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CXXExceptions) {
2567         // throw expression
2568         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("void");
2569         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("throw");
2570         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
2571         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2572         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2573       }
2574 
2575       // FIXME: Rethrow?
2576 
2577       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2578         // nullptr
2579         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("std::nullptr_t");
2580         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("nullptr");
2581         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2582 
2583         // alignof
2584         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2585         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
2586         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2587         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2588         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2589         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2590 
2591         // noexcept
2592         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("bool");
2593         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("noexcept");
2594         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2595         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
2596         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2597         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2598 
2599         // sizeof... expression
2600         Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2601         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof...");
2602         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2603         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter-pack");
2604         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2605         Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2606       }
2607     }
2608 
2609     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2610       // Add "super", if we're in an Objective-C class with a superclass.
2611       if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
2612         // The interface can be NULL.
2613         if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = Method->getClassInterface())
2614           if (ID->getSuperClass()) {
2615             std::string SuperType;
2616             SuperType = ID->getSuperClass()->getNameAsString();
2617             if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
2618               SuperType += " *";
2619 
2620             Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SuperType));
2621             Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
2622             Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2623           }
2624       }
2625 
2626       AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, true);
2627     }
2628 
2629     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
2630       // _Alignof
2631       Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2632       if (SemaRef.PP.isMacroDefined("alignof"))
2633         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("alignof");
2634       else
2635         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("_Alignof");
2636       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2637       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type");
2638       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2639       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2640     }
2641 
2642     // sizeof expression
2643     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("size_t");
2644     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("sizeof");
2645     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
2646     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression-or-type");
2647     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
2648     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
2649     break;
2650   }
2651 
2652   case Sema::PCC_Type:
2653   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
2654     break;
2655   }
2656 
2657   if (WantTypesInContext(CCC, SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
2658     AddTypeSpecifierResults(SemaRef.getLangOpts(), Results);
2659 
2660   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CCC != Sema::PCC_Type)
2661     Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
2662 }
2663 
2664 /// If the given declaration has an associated type, add it as a result
2665 /// type chunk.
2666 static void AddResultTypeChunk(ASTContext &Context,
2667                                const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
2668                                const NamedDecl *ND, QualType BaseType,
2669                                CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
2670   if (!ND)
2671     return;
2672 
2673   // Skip constructors and conversion functions, which have their return types
2674   // built into their names.
2675   if (isConstructor(ND) || isa<CXXConversionDecl>(ND))
2676     return;
2677 
2678   // Determine the type of the declaration (if it has a type).
2679   QualType T;
2680   if (const FunctionDecl *Function = ND->getAsFunction())
2681     T = Function->getReturnType();
2682   else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
2683     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2684       T = Method->getSendResultType(BaseType);
2685     else
2686       T = Method->getReturnType();
2687   } else if (const auto *Enumerator = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(ND)) {
2688     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<TypeDecl>(Enumerator->getDeclContext()));
2689     T = clang::TypeName::getFullyQualifiedType(T, Context);
2690   } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(ND)) {
2691     /* Do nothing: ignore unresolved using declarations*/
2692   } else if (const auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
2693     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2694       T = Ivar->getUsageType(BaseType);
2695     else
2696       T = Ivar->getType();
2697   } else if (const auto *Value = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
2698     T = Value->getType();
2699   } else if (const auto *Property = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(ND)) {
2700     if (!BaseType.isNull())
2701       T = Property->getUsageType(BaseType);
2702     else
2703       T = Property->getType();
2704   }
2705 
2706   if (T.isNull() || Context.hasSameType(T, Context.DependentTy))
2707     return;
2708 
2709   Result.AddResultTypeChunk(
2710       GetCompletionTypeString(T, Context, Policy, Result.getAllocator()));
2711 }
2712 
2713 static void MaybeAddSentinel(Preprocessor &PP,
2714                              const NamedDecl *FunctionOrMethod,
2715                              CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
2716   if (SentinelAttr *Sentinel = FunctionOrMethod->getAttr<SentinelAttr>())
2717     if (Sentinel->getSentinel() == 0) {
2718       if (PP.getLangOpts().ObjC && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
2719         Result.AddTextChunk(", nil");
2720       else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
2721         Result.AddTextChunk(", NULL");
2722       else
2723         Result.AddTextChunk(", (void*)0");
2724     }
2725 }
2726 
2727 static std::string formatObjCParamQualifiers(unsigned ObjCQuals,
2728                                              QualType &Type) {
2729   std::string Result;
2730   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
2731     Result += "in ";
2732   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
2733     Result += "inout ";
2734   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
2735     Result += "out ";
2736   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
2737     Result += "bycopy ";
2738   else if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
2739     Result += "byref ";
2740   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
2741     Result += "oneway ";
2742   if (ObjCQuals & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) {
2743     if (auto nullability = AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Type)) {
2744       switch (*nullability) {
2745       case NullabilityKind::NonNull:
2746         Result += "nonnull ";
2747         break;
2748 
2749       case NullabilityKind::Nullable:
2750         Result += "nullable ";
2751         break;
2752 
2753       case NullabilityKind::Unspecified:
2754         Result += "null_unspecified ";
2755         break;
2756 
2757       case NullabilityKind::NullableResult:
2758         llvm_unreachable("Not supported as a context-sensitive keyword!");
2759         break;
2760       }
2761     }
2762   }
2763   return Result;
2764 }
2765 
2766 /// Tries to find the most appropriate type location for an Objective-C
2767 /// block placeholder.
2768 ///
2769 /// This function ignores things like typedefs and qualifiers in order to
2770 /// present the most relevant and accurate block placeholders in code completion
2771 /// results.
2772 static void findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(const TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2773                                          FunctionTypeLoc &Block,
2774                                          FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2775                                          bool SuppressBlock = false) {
2776   if (!TSInfo)
2777     return;
2778   TypeLoc TL = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
2779   while (true) {
2780     // Look through typedefs.
2781     if (!SuppressBlock) {
2782       if (TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
2783         if (TypeSourceInfo *InnerTSInfo =
2784                 TypedefTL.getTypedefNameDecl()->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
2785           TL = InnerTSInfo->getTypeLoc().getUnqualifiedLoc();
2786           continue;
2787         }
2788       }
2789 
2790       // Look through qualified types
2791       if (QualifiedTypeLoc QualifiedTL = TL.getAs<QualifiedTypeLoc>()) {
2792         TL = QualifiedTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
2793         continue;
2794       }
2795 
2796       if (AttributedTypeLoc AttrTL = TL.getAs<AttributedTypeLoc>()) {
2797         TL = AttrTL.getModifiedLoc();
2798         continue;
2799       }
2800     }
2801 
2802     // Try to get the function prototype behind the block pointer type,
2803     // then we're done.
2804     if (BlockPointerTypeLoc BlockPtr = TL.getAs<BlockPointerTypeLoc>()) {
2805       TL = BlockPtr.getPointeeLoc().IgnoreParens();
2806       Block = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
2807       BlockProto = TL.getAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>();
2808     }
2809     break;
2810   }
2811 }
2812 
2813 static std::string
2814 formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
2815                        FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2816                        bool SuppressBlockName = false,
2817                        bool SuppressBlock = false,
2818                        Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None);
2819 
2820 static std::string
2821 FormatFunctionParameter(const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
2822                         const DeclaratorDecl *Param, bool SuppressName = false,
2823                         bool SuppressBlock = false,
2824                         Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts = None) {
2825   // Params are unavailable in FunctionTypeLoc if the FunctionType is invalid.
2826   // It would be better to pass in the param Type, which is usually available.
2827   // But this case is rare, so just pretend we fell back to int as elsewhere.
2828   if (!Param)
2829     return "int";
2830   Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier ObjCQual = Decl::OBJC_TQ_None;
2831   if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Param))
2832     ObjCQual = PVD->getObjCDeclQualifier();
2833   bool ObjCMethodParam = isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext());
2834   if (Param->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2835       !Param->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2836     // The argument for a dependent or non-block parameter is a placeholder
2837     // containing that parameter's type.
2838     std::string Result;
2839 
2840     if (Param->getIdentifier() && !ObjCMethodParam && !SuppressName)
2841       Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName());
2842 
2843     QualType Type = Param->getType();
2844     if (ObjCSubsts)
2845       Type = Type.substObjCTypeArgs(Param->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
2846                                     ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
2847     if (ObjCMethodParam) {
2848       Result = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQual, Type);
2849       Result += Type.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
2850       if (Param->getIdentifier() && !SuppressName)
2851         Result += Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
2852     } else {
2853       Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2854     }
2855     return Result;
2856   }
2857 
2858   // The argument for a block pointer parameter is a block literal with
2859   // the appropriate type.
2860   FunctionTypeLoc Block;
2861   FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProto;
2862   findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(Param->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
2863                                SuppressBlock);
2864   // Try to retrieve the block type information from the property if this is a
2865   // parameter in a setter.
2866   if (!Block && ObjCMethodParam &&
2867       cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())->isPropertyAccessor()) {
2868     if (const auto *PD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())
2869                              ->findPropertyDecl(/*CheckOverrides=*/false))
2870       findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(PD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Block, BlockProto,
2871                                    SuppressBlock);
2872   }
2873 
2874   if (!Block) {
2875     // We were unable to find a FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names
2876     // for the block; just use the parameter type as a placeholder.
2877     std::string Result;
2878     if (!ObjCMethodParam && Param->getIdentifier())
2879       Result = std::string(Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName());
2880 
2881     QualType Type = Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
2882 
2883     if (ObjCMethodParam) {
2884       Result = Type.getAsString(Policy);
2885       std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCQual, Type);
2886       if (!Quals.empty())
2887         Result = "(" + Quals + " " + Result + ")";
2888       if (Result.back() != ')')
2889         Result += " ";
2890       if (Param->getIdentifier())
2891         Result += Param->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
2892     } else {
2893       Type.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2894     }
2895 
2896     return Result;
2897   }
2898 
2899   // We have the function prototype behind the block pointer type, as it was
2900   // written in the source.
2901   return formatBlockPlaceholder(Policy, Param, Block, BlockProto,
2902                                 /*SuppressBlockName=*/false, SuppressBlock,
2903                                 ObjCSubsts);
2904 }
2905 
2906 /// Returns a placeholder string that corresponds to an Objective-C block
2907 /// declaration.
2908 ///
2909 /// \param BlockDecl A declaration with an Objective-C block type.
2910 ///
2911 /// \param Block The most relevant type location for that block type.
2912 ///
2913 /// \param SuppressBlockName Determines whether or not the name of the block
2914 /// declaration is included in the resulting string.
2915 static std::string
2916 formatBlockPlaceholder(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const NamedDecl *BlockDecl,
2917                        FunctionTypeLoc &Block, FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProto,
2918                        bool SuppressBlockName, bool SuppressBlock,
2919                        Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts) {
2920   std::string Result;
2921   QualType ResultType = Block.getTypePtr()->getReturnType();
2922   if (ObjCSubsts)
2923     ResultType =
2924         ResultType.substObjCTypeArgs(BlockDecl->getASTContext(), *ObjCSubsts,
2925                                      ObjCSubstitutionContext::Result);
2926   if (!ResultType->isVoidType() || SuppressBlock)
2927     ResultType.getAsStringInternal(Result, Policy);
2928 
2929   // Format the parameter list.
2930   std::string Params;
2931   if (!BlockProto || Block.getNumParams() == 0) {
2932     if (BlockProto && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
2933       Params = "(...)";
2934     else
2935       Params = "(void)";
2936   } else {
2937     Params += "(";
2938     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Block.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
2939       if (I)
2940         Params += ", ";
2941       Params += FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Block.getParam(I),
2942                                         /*SuppressName=*/false,
2943                                         /*SuppressBlock=*/true, ObjCSubsts);
2944 
2945       if (I == N - 1 && BlockProto.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
2946         Params += ", ...";
2947     }
2948     Params += ")";
2949   }
2950 
2951   if (SuppressBlock) {
2952     // Format as a parameter.
2953     Result = Result + " (^";
2954     if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
2955       Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
2956     Result += ")";
2957     Result += Params;
2958   } else {
2959     // Format as a block literal argument.
2960     Result = '^' + Result;
2961     Result += Params;
2962 
2963     if (!SuppressBlockName && BlockDecl->getIdentifier())
2964       Result += BlockDecl->getIdentifier()->getName();
2965   }
2966 
2967   return Result;
2968 }
2969 
2970 static std::string GetDefaultValueString(const ParmVarDecl *Param,
2971                                          const SourceManager &SM,
2972                                          const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
2973   const SourceRange SrcRange = Param->getDefaultArgRange();
2974   CharSourceRange CharSrcRange = CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(SrcRange);
2975   bool Invalid = CharSrcRange.isInvalid();
2976   if (Invalid)
2977     return "";
2978   StringRef srcText =
2979       Lexer::getSourceText(CharSrcRange, SM, LangOpts, &Invalid);
2980   if (Invalid)
2981     return "";
2982 
2983   if (srcText.empty() || srcText == "=") {
2984     // Lexer can't determine the value.
2985     // This happens if the code is incorrect (for example class is forward
2986     // declared).
2987     return "";
2988   }
2989   std::string DefValue(srcText.str());
2990   // FIXME: remove this check if the Lexer::getSourceText value is fixed and
2991   // this value always has (or always does not have) '=' in front of it
2992   if (DefValue.at(0) != '=') {
2993     // If we don't have '=' in front of value.
2994     // Lexer returns built-in types values without '=' and user-defined types
2995     // values with it.
2996     return " = " + DefValue;
2997   }
2998   return " " + DefValue;
2999 }
3000 
3001 /// Add function parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
3002 static void AddFunctionParameterChunks(Preprocessor &PP,
3003                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3004                                        const FunctionDecl *Function,
3005                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3006                                        unsigned Start = 0,
3007                                        bool InOptional = false) {
3008   bool FirstParameter = true;
3009 
3010   for (unsigned P = Start, N = Function->getNumParams(); P != N; ++P) {
3011     const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P);
3012 
3013     if (Param->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
3014       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3015       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3016       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3017                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3018       if (!FirstParameter)
3019         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3020       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Opt, P, true);
3021       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3022       break;
3023     }
3024 
3025     if (FirstParameter)
3026       FirstParameter = false;
3027     else
3028       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3029 
3030     InOptional = false;
3031 
3032     // Format the placeholder string.
3033     std::string PlaceholderStr = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
3034     if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
3035       PlaceholderStr +=
3036           GetDefaultValueString(Param, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts());
3037 
3038     if (Function->isVariadic() && P == N - 1)
3039       PlaceholderStr += ", ...";
3040 
3041     // Add the placeholder string.
3042     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3043         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
3044   }
3045 
3046   if (const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
3047     if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
3048       if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0)
3049         Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3050 
3051       MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Function, Result);
3052     }
3053 }
3054 
3055 /// Add template parameter chunks to the given code completion string.
3056 static void AddTemplateParameterChunks(
3057     ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3058     const TemplateDecl *Template, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3059     unsigned MaxParameters = 0, unsigned Start = 0, bool InDefaultArg = false) {
3060   bool FirstParameter = true;
3061 
3062   // Prefer to take the template parameter names from the first declaration of
3063   // the template.
3064   Template = cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl());
3065 
3066   TemplateParameterList *Params = Template->getTemplateParameters();
3067   TemplateParameterList::iterator PEnd = Params->end();
3068   if (MaxParameters)
3069     PEnd = Params->begin() + MaxParameters;
3070   for (TemplateParameterList::iterator P = Params->begin() + Start; P != PEnd;
3071        ++P) {
3072     bool HasDefaultArg = false;
3073     std::string PlaceholderStr;
3074     if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
3075       if (TTP->wasDeclaredWithTypename())
3076         PlaceholderStr = "typename";
3077       else if (const auto *TC = TTP->getTypeConstraint()) {
3078         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PlaceholderStr);
3079         TC->print(OS, Policy);
3080         OS.flush();
3081       } else
3082         PlaceholderStr = "class";
3083 
3084       if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
3085         PlaceholderStr += ' ';
3086         PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
3087       }
3088 
3089       HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3090     } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
3091                    dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
3092       if (NTTP->getIdentifier())
3093         PlaceholderStr = std::string(NTTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName());
3094       NTTP->getType().getAsStringInternal(PlaceholderStr, Policy);
3095       HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3096     } else {
3097       assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P));
3098       TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
3099 
3100       // Since putting the template argument list into the placeholder would
3101       // be very, very long, we just use an abbreviation.
3102       PlaceholderStr = "template<...> class";
3103       if (TTP->getIdentifier()) {
3104         PlaceholderStr += ' ';
3105         PlaceholderStr += TTP->getIdentifier()->deuglifiedName();
3106       }
3107 
3108       HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3109     }
3110 
3111     if (HasDefaultArg && !InDefaultArg) {
3112       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3113       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3114       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3115                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3116       if (!FirstParameter)
3117         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3118       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Opt, MaxParameters,
3119                                  P - Params->begin(), true);
3120       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3121       break;
3122     }
3123 
3124     InDefaultArg = false;
3125 
3126     if (FirstParameter)
3127       FirstParameter = false;
3128     else
3129       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3130 
3131     // Add the placeholder string.
3132     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3133         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
3134   }
3135 }
3136 
3137 /// Add a qualifier to the given code-completion string, if the
3138 /// provided nested-name-specifier is non-NULL.
3139 static void AddQualifierToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3140                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
3141                                            bool QualifierIsInformative,
3142                                            ASTContext &Context,
3143                                            const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3144   if (!Qualifier)
3145     return;
3146 
3147   std::string PrintedNNS;
3148   {
3149     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(PrintedNNS);
3150     Qualifier->print(OS, Policy);
3151   }
3152   if (QualifierIsInformative)
3153     Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
3154   else
3155     Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(PrintedNNS));
3156 }
3157 
3158 static void
3159 AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3160                                        const FunctionDecl *Function) {
3161   const auto *Proto = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3162   if (!Proto || !Proto->getMethodQuals())
3163     return;
3164 
3165   // FIXME: Add ref-qualifier!
3166 
3167   // Handle single qualifiers without copying
3168   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyConst()) {
3169     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" const");
3170     return;
3171   }
3172 
3173   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyVolatile()) {
3174     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" volatile");
3175     return;
3176   }
3177 
3178   if (Proto->getMethodQuals().hasOnlyRestrict()) {
3179     Result.AddInformativeChunk(" restrict");
3180     return;
3181   }
3182 
3183   // Handle multiple qualifiers.
3184   std::string QualsStr;
3185   if (Proto->isConst())
3186     QualsStr += " const";
3187   if (Proto->isVolatile())
3188     QualsStr += " volatile";
3189   if (Proto->isRestrict())
3190     QualsStr += " restrict";
3191   Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(QualsStr));
3192 }
3193 
3194 /// Add the name of the given declaration
3195 static void AddTypedNameChunk(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3196                               const NamedDecl *ND,
3197                               CodeCompletionBuilder &Result) {
3198   DeclarationName Name = ND->getDeclName();
3199   if (!Name)
3200     return;
3201 
3202   switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
3203   case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName: {
3204     const char *OperatorName = nullptr;
3205     switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
3206     case OO_None:
3207     case OO_Conditional:
3208     case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3209       OperatorName = "operator";
3210       break;
3211 
3212 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
3213   case OO_##Name:                                                              \
3214     OperatorName = "operator" Spelling;                                        \
3215     break;
3216 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR_MULTI(Name, Spelling, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)
3217 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
3218 
3219     case OO_New:
3220       OperatorName = "operator new";
3221       break;
3222     case OO_Delete:
3223       OperatorName = "operator delete";
3224       break;
3225     case OO_Array_New:
3226       OperatorName = "operator new[]";
3227       break;
3228     case OO_Array_Delete:
3229       OperatorName = "operator delete[]";
3230       break;
3231     case OO_Call:
3232       OperatorName = "operator()";
3233       break;
3234     case OO_Subscript:
3235       OperatorName = "operator[]";
3236       break;
3237     }
3238     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(OperatorName);
3239     break;
3240   }
3241 
3242   case DeclarationName::Identifier:
3243   case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
3244   case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
3245   case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName:
3246     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3247         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3248     break;
3249 
3250   case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
3251   case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
3252   case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
3253   case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
3254   case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector:
3255     break;
3256 
3257   case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName: {
3258     CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3259     QualType Ty = Name.getCXXNameType();
3260     if (const auto *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>())
3261       Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
3262     else if (const auto *InjectedTy = Ty->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>())
3263       Record = InjectedTy->getDecl();
3264     else {
3265       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3266           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3267       break;
3268     }
3269 
3270     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3271         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Record->getNameAsString()));
3272     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) {
3273       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3274       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Template, Result);
3275       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3276     }
3277     break;
3278   }
3279   }
3280 }
3281 
3282 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
3283     Sema &S, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3284     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
3285     bool IncludeBriefComments) {
3286   return CreateCodeCompletionString(S.Context, S.PP, CCContext, Allocator,
3287                                     CCTUInfo, IncludeBriefComments);
3288 }
3289 
3290 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(
3291     Preprocessor &PP, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
3292     CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo) {
3293   assert(Kind == RK_Macro);
3294   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);
3295   const MacroInfo *MI = PP.getMacroInfo(Macro);
3296   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Macro->getName()));
3297 
3298   if (!MI || !MI->isFunctionLike())
3299     return Result.TakeString();
3300 
3301   // Format a function-like macro with placeholders for the arguments.
3302   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3303   MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(), AEnd = MI->param_end();
3304 
3305   // C99 variadic macros add __VA_ARGS__ at the end. Skip it.
3306   if (MI->isC99Varargs()) {
3307     --AEnd;
3308 
3309     if (A == AEnd) {
3310       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3311     }
3312   }
3313 
3314   for (MacroInfo::param_iterator A = MI->param_begin(); A != AEnd; ++A) {
3315     if (A != MI->param_begin())
3316       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3317 
3318     if (MI->isVariadic() && (A + 1) == AEnd) {
3319       SmallString<32> Arg = (*A)->getName();
3320       if (MI->isC99Varargs())
3321         Arg += ", ...";
3322       else
3323         Arg += "...";
3324       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3325       break;
3326     }
3327 
3328     // Non-variadic macros are simple.
3329     Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(
3330         Result.getAllocator().CopyString((*A)->getName()));
3331   }
3332   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3333   return Result.TakeString();
3334 }
3335 
3336 /// If possible, create a new code completion string for the given
3337 /// result.
3338 ///
3339 /// \returns Either a new, heap-allocated code completion string describing
3340 /// how to use this result, or NULL to indicate that the string or name of the
3341 /// result is all that is needed.
3342 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::CreateCodeCompletionString(
3343     ASTContext &Ctx, Preprocessor &PP, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3344     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
3345     bool IncludeBriefComments) {
3346   if (Kind == RK_Macro)
3347     return CreateCodeCompletionStringForMacro(PP, Allocator, CCTUInfo);
3348 
3349   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, Priority, Availability);
3350 
3351   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Ctx, PP);
3352   if (Kind == RK_Pattern) {
3353     Pattern->Priority = Priority;
3354     Pattern->Availability = Availability;
3355 
3356     if (Declaration) {
3357       Result.addParentContext(Declaration->getDeclContext());
3358       Pattern->ParentName = Result.getParentName();
3359       if (const RawComment *RC =
3360               getPatternCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
3361         Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
3362         Pattern->BriefComment = Result.getBriefComment();
3363       }
3364     }
3365 
3366     return Pattern;
3367   }
3368 
3369   if (Kind == RK_Keyword) {
3370     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Keyword);
3371     return Result.TakeString();
3372   }
3373   assert(Kind == RK_Declaration && "Missed a result kind?");
3374   return createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
3375       PP, Ctx, Result, IncludeBriefComments, CCContext, Policy);
3376 }
3377 
3378 static void printOverrideString(const CodeCompletionString &CCS,
3379                                 std::string &BeforeName,
3380                                 std::string &NameAndSignature) {
3381   bool SeenTypedChunk = false;
3382   for (auto &Chunk : CCS) {
3383     if (Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_Optional) {
3384       assert(SeenTypedChunk && "optional parameter before name");
3385       // Note that we put all chunks inside into NameAndSignature.
3386       printOverrideString(*Chunk.Optional, NameAndSignature, NameAndSignature);
3387       continue;
3388     }
3389     SeenTypedChunk |= Chunk.Kind == CodeCompletionString::CK_TypedText;
3390     if (SeenTypedChunk)
3391       NameAndSignature += Chunk.Text;
3392     else
3393       BeforeName += Chunk.Text;
3394   }
3395 }
3396 
3397 CodeCompletionString *
3398 CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForOverride(
3399     Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3400     bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3401     PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3402   auto *CCS = createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(PP, Ctx, Result,
3403                                                 /*IncludeBriefComments=*/false,
3404                                                 CCContext, Policy);
3405   std::string BeforeName;
3406   std::string NameAndSignature;
3407   // For overrides all chunks go into the result, none are informative.
3408   printOverrideString(*CCS, BeforeName, NameAndSignature);
3409   NameAndSignature += " override";
3410 
3411   Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(BeforeName));
3412   Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
3413   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(NameAndSignature));
3414   return Result.TakeString();
3415 }
3416 
3417 // FIXME: Right now this works well with lambdas. Add support for other functor
3418 // types like std::function.
3419 static const NamedDecl *extractFunctorCallOperator(const NamedDecl *ND) {
3420   const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND);
3421   if (!VD)
3422     return nullptr;
3423   const auto *RecordDecl = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
3424   if (!RecordDecl || !RecordDecl->isLambda())
3425     return nullptr;
3426   return RecordDecl->getLambdaCallOperator();
3427 }
3428 
3429 CodeCompletionString *CodeCompletionResult::createCodeCompletionStringForDecl(
3430     Preprocessor &PP, ASTContext &Ctx, CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3431     bool IncludeBriefComments, const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
3432     PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3433   const NamedDecl *ND = Declaration;
3434   Result.addParentContext(ND->getDeclContext());
3435 
3436   if (IncludeBriefComments) {
3437     // Add documentation comment, if it exists.
3438     if (const RawComment *RC = getCompletionComment(Ctx, Declaration)) {
3439       Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(Ctx));
3440     }
3441   }
3442 
3443   if (StartsNestedNameSpecifier) {
3444     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3445         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3446     Result.AddTextChunk("::");
3447     return Result.TakeString();
3448   }
3449 
3450   for (const auto *I : ND->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>())
3451     Result.AddAnnotation(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(I->getAnnotation()));
3452 
3453   auto AddFunctionTypeAndResult = [&](const FunctionDecl *Function) {
3454     AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);
3455     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3456                                    Ctx, Policy);
3457     AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, Result);
3458     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3459     AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
3460     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3461     AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
3462   };
3463 
3464   if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
3465     AddFunctionTypeAndResult(Function);
3466     return Result.TakeString();
3467   }
3468 
3469   if (const auto *CallOperator =
3470           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(extractFunctorCallOperator(ND))) {
3471     AddFunctionTypeAndResult(CallOperator);
3472     return Result.TakeString();
3473   }
3474 
3475   AddResultTypeChunk(Ctx, Policy, ND, CCContext.getBaseType(), Result);
3476 
3477   if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl =
3478           dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
3479     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3480                                    Ctx, Policy);
3481     FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
3482     AddTypedNameChunk(Ctx, Policy, Function, Result);
3483 
3484     // Figure out which template parameters are deduced (or have default
3485     // arguments).
3486     llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced;
3487     Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Ctx, FunTmpl, Deduced);
3488     unsigned LastDeducibleArgument;
3489     for (LastDeducibleArgument = Deduced.size(); LastDeducibleArgument > 0;
3490          --LastDeducibleArgument) {
3491       if (!Deduced[LastDeducibleArgument - 1]) {
3492         // C++0x: Figure out if the template argument has a default. If so,
3493         // the user doesn't need to type this argument.
3494         // FIXME: We need to abstract template parameters better!
3495         bool HasDefaultArg = false;
3496         NamedDecl *Param = FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(
3497             LastDeducibleArgument - 1);
3498         if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param))
3499           HasDefaultArg = TTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3500         else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP =
3501                      dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param))
3502           HasDefaultArg = NTTP->hasDefaultArgument();
3503         else {
3504           assert(isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param));
3505           HasDefaultArg =
3506               cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)->hasDefaultArgument();
3507         }
3508 
3509         if (!HasDefaultArg)
3510           break;
3511       }
3512     }
3513 
3514     if (LastDeducibleArgument) {
3515       // Some of the function template arguments cannot be deduced from a
3516       // function call, so we introduce an explicit template argument list
3517       // containing all of the arguments up to the first deducible argument.
3518       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3519       AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, FunTmpl, Result,
3520                                  LastDeducibleArgument);
3521       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3522     }
3523 
3524     // Add the function parameters
3525     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3526     AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Result);
3527     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3528     AddFunctionTypeQualsToCompletionString(Result, Function);
3529     return Result.TakeString();
3530   }
3531 
3532   if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND)) {
3533     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3534                                    Ctx, Policy);
3535     Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3536         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Template->getNameAsString()));
3537     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3538     AddTemplateParameterChunks(Ctx, Policy, Template, Result);
3539     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3540     return Result.TakeString();
3541   }
3542 
3543   if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
3544     Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();
3545     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
3546       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3547           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
3548       return Result.TakeString();
3549     }
3550 
3551     std::string SelName = Sel.getNameForSlot(0).str();
3552     SelName += ':';
3553     if (StartParameter == 0)
3554       Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));
3555     else {
3556       Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(SelName));
3557 
3558       // If there is only one parameter, and we're past it, add an empty
3559       // typed-text chunk since there is nothing to type.
3560       if (Method->param_size() == 1)
3561         Result.AddTypedTextChunk("");
3562     }
3563     unsigned Idx = 0;
3564     // The extra Idx < Sel.getNumArgs() check is needed due to legacy C-style
3565     // method parameters.
3566     for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
3567                                               PEnd = Method->param_end();
3568          P != PEnd && Idx < Sel.getNumArgs(); (void)++P, ++Idx) {
3569       if (Idx > 0) {
3570         std::string Keyword;
3571         if (Idx > StartParameter)
3572           Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
3573         if (IdentifierInfo *II = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(Idx))
3574           Keyword += II->getName();
3575         Keyword += ":";
3576         if (Idx < StartParameter || AllParametersAreInformative)
3577           Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
3578         else
3579           Result.AddTypedTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Keyword));
3580       }
3581 
3582       // If we're before the starting parameter, skip the placeholder.
3583       if (Idx < StartParameter)
3584         continue;
3585 
3586       std::string Arg;
3587       QualType ParamType = (*P)->getType();
3588       Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> ObjCSubsts;
3589       if (!CCContext.getBaseType().isNull())
3590         ObjCSubsts = CCContext.getBaseType()->getObjCSubstitutions(Method);
3591 
3592       if (ParamType->isBlockPointerType() && !DeclaringEntity)
3593         Arg = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, *P, true,
3594                                       /*SuppressBlock=*/false, ObjCSubsts);
3595       else {
3596         if (ObjCSubsts)
3597           ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
3598               Ctx, *ObjCSubsts, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
3599         Arg = "(" + formatObjCParamQualifiers((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
3600                                               ParamType);
3601         Arg += ParamType.getAsString(Policy) + ")";
3602         if (IdentifierInfo *II = (*P)->getIdentifier())
3603           if (DeclaringEntity || AllParametersAreInformative)
3604             Arg += II->getName();
3605       }
3606 
3607       if (Method->isVariadic() && (P + 1) == PEnd)
3608         Arg += ", ...";
3609 
3610       if (DeclaringEntity)
3611         Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3612       else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
3613         Result.AddInformativeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3614       else
3615         Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Arg));
3616     }
3617 
3618     if (Method->isVariadic()) {
3619       if (Method->param_size() == 0) {
3620         if (DeclaringEntity)
3621           Result.AddTextChunk(", ...");
3622         else if (AllParametersAreInformative)
3623           Result.AddInformativeChunk(", ...");
3624         else
3625           Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(", ...");
3626       }
3627 
3628       MaybeAddSentinel(PP, Method, Result);
3629     }
3630 
3631     return Result.TakeString();
3632   }
3633 
3634   if (Qualifier)
3635     AddQualifierToCompletionString(Result, Qualifier, QualifierIsInformative,
3636                                    Ctx, Policy);
3637 
3638   Result.AddTypedTextChunk(
3639       Result.getAllocator().CopyString(ND->getNameAsString()));
3640   return Result.TakeString();
3641 }
3642 
3643 const RawComment *clang::getCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
3644                                               const NamedDecl *ND) {
3645   if (!ND)
3646     return nullptr;
3647   if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(ND))
3648     return RC;
3649 
3650   // Try to find comment from a property for ObjC methods.
3651   const auto *M = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
3652   if (!M)
3653     return nullptr;
3654   const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
3655   if (!PDecl)
3656     return nullptr;
3657 
3658   return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl);
3659 }
3660 
3661 const RawComment *clang::getPatternCompletionComment(const ASTContext &Ctx,
3662                                                      const NamedDecl *ND) {
3663   const auto *M = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND);
3664   if (!M || !M->isPropertyAccessor())
3665     return nullptr;
3666 
3667   // Provide code completion comment for self.GetterName where
3668   // GetterName is the getter method for a property with name
3669   // different from the property name (declared via a property
3670   // getter attribute.
3671   const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = M->findPropertyDecl();
3672   if (!PDecl)
3673     return nullptr;
3674   if (PDecl->getGetterName() == M->getSelector() &&
3675       PDecl->getIdentifier() != M->getIdentifier()) {
3676     if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(M))
3677       return RC;
3678     if (auto *RC = Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(PDecl))
3679       return RC;
3680   }
3681   return nullptr;
3682 }
3683 
3684 const RawComment *clang::getParameterComment(
3685     const ASTContext &Ctx,
3686     const CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate &Result, unsigned ArgIndex) {
3687   auto FDecl = Result.getFunction();
3688   if (!FDecl)
3689     return nullptr;
3690   if (ArgIndex < FDecl->getNumParams())
3691     return Ctx.getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(FDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex));
3692   return nullptr;
3693 }
3694 
3695 static void AddOverloadAggregateChunks(const RecordDecl *RD,
3696                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3697                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3698                                        unsigned CurrentArg) {
3699   unsigned ChunkIndex = 0;
3700   auto AddChunk = [&](llvm::StringRef Placeholder) {
3701     if (ChunkIndex > 0)
3702       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3703     const char *Copy = Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder);
3704     if (ChunkIndex == CurrentArg)
3705       Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(Copy);
3706     else
3707       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Copy);
3708     ++ChunkIndex;
3709   };
3710   // Aggregate initialization has all bases followed by all fields.
3711   // (Bases are not legal in C++11 but in that case we never get here).
3712   if (auto *CRD = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3713     for (const auto &Base : CRD->bases())
3714       AddChunk(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy));
3715   }
3716   for (const auto &Field : RD->fields())
3717     AddChunk(FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Field));
3718 }
3719 
3720 /// Add function overload parameter chunks to the given code completion
3721 /// string.
3722 static void AddOverloadParameterChunks(ASTContext &Context,
3723                                        const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
3724                                        const FunctionDecl *Function,
3725                                        const FunctionProtoType *Prototype,
3726                                        CodeCompletionBuilder &Result,
3727                                        unsigned CurrentArg, unsigned Start = 0,
3728                                        bool InOptional = false) {
3729   if (!Function && !Prototype) {
3730     Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter, "...");
3731     return;
3732   }
3733 
3734   bool FirstParameter = true;
3735   unsigned NumParams =
3736       Function ? Function->getNumParams() : Prototype->getNumParams();
3737 
3738   for (unsigned P = Start; P != NumParams; ++P) {
3739     if (Function && Function->getParamDecl(P)->hasDefaultArg() && !InOptional) {
3740       // When we see an optional default argument, put that argument and
3741       // the remaining default arguments into a new, optional string.
3742       CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3743                                 Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3744       if (!FirstParameter)
3745         Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3746       // Optional sections are nested.
3747       AddOverloadParameterChunks(Context, Policy, Function, Prototype, Opt,
3748                                  CurrentArg, P, /*InOptional=*/true);
3749       Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3750       return;
3751     }
3752 
3753     if (FirstParameter)
3754       FirstParameter = false;
3755     else
3756       Result.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3757 
3758     InOptional = false;
3759 
3760     // Format the placeholder string.
3761     std::string Placeholder;
3762     if (Function) {
3763       const ParmVarDecl *Param = Function->getParamDecl(P);
3764       Placeholder = FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, Param);
3765       if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
3766         Placeholder += GetDefaultValueString(Param, Context.getSourceManager(),
3767                                              Context.getLangOpts());
3768     } else {
3769       Placeholder = Prototype->getParamType(P).getAsString(Policy);
3770     }
3771 
3772     if (P == CurrentArg)
3773       Result.AddCurrentParameterChunk(
3774           Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3775     else
3776       Result.AddPlaceholderChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3777   }
3778 
3779   if (Prototype && Prototype->isVariadic()) {
3780     CodeCompletionBuilder Opt(Result.getAllocator(),
3781                               Result.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3782     if (!FirstParameter)
3783       Opt.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3784 
3785     if (CurrentArg < NumParams)
3786       Opt.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
3787     else
3788       Opt.AddCurrentParameterChunk("...");
3789 
3790     Result.AddOptionalChunk(Opt.TakeString());
3791   }
3792 }
3793 
3794 static std::string
3795 formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(const NamedDecl *Param, bool &Optional,
3796                                    const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3797   if (const auto *Type = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param)) {
3798     Optional = Type->hasDefaultArgument();
3799   } else if (const auto *NonType = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
3800     Optional = NonType->hasDefaultArgument();
3801   } else if (const auto *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) {
3802     Optional = Template->hasDefaultArgument();
3803   }
3804   std::string Result;
3805   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Result);
3806   Param->print(OS, Policy);
3807   return Result;
3808 }
3809 
3810 static std::string templateResultType(const TemplateDecl *TD,
3811                                       const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3812   if (const auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
3813     return CTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getKindName().str();
3814   if (const auto *VTD = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
3815     return VTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getType().getAsString(Policy);
3816   if (const auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
3817     return FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy);
3818   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
3819     return "type";
3820   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
3821     return "class";
3822   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
3823     return "concept";
3824   return "";
3825 }
3826 
3827 static CodeCompletionString *createTemplateSignatureString(
3828     const TemplateDecl *TD, CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder, unsigned CurrentArg,
3829     const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3830   llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params = TD->getTemplateParameters()->asArray();
3831   CodeCompletionBuilder OptionalBuilder(Builder.getAllocator(),
3832                                         Builder.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
3833   std::string ResultType = templateResultType(TD, Policy);
3834   if (!ResultType.empty())
3835     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(ResultType));
3836   Builder.AddTextChunk(
3837       Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(TD->getNameAsString()));
3838   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftAngle);
3839   // Initially we're writing into the main string. Once we see an optional arg
3840   // (with default), we're writing into the nested optional chunk.
3841   CodeCompletionBuilder *Current = &Builder;
3842   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Params.size(); ++I) {
3843     bool Optional = false;
3844     std::string Placeholder =
3845         formatTemplateParameterPlaceholder(Params[I], Optional, Policy);
3846     if (Optional)
3847       Current = &OptionalBuilder;
3848     if (I > 0)
3849       Current->AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
3850     Current->AddChunk(I == CurrentArg
3851                           ? CodeCompletionString::CK_CurrentParameter
3852                           : CodeCompletionString::CK_Placeholder,
3853                       Current->getAllocator().CopyString(Placeholder));
3854   }
3855   // Add the optional chunk to the main string if we ever used it.
3856   if (Current == &OptionalBuilder)
3857     Builder.AddOptionalChunk(OptionalBuilder.TakeString());
3858   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightAngle);
3859   // For function templates, ResultType was the function's return type.
3860   // Give some clue this is a function. (Don't show the possibly-bulky params).
3861   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
3862     Builder.AddInformativeChunk("()");
3863   return Builder.TakeString();
3864 }
3865 
3866 CodeCompletionString *
3867 CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate::CreateSignatureString(
3868     unsigned CurrentArg, Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
3869     CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, bool IncludeBriefComments,
3870     bool Braced) const {
3871   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
3872   // Show signatures of constructors as they are declared:
3873   //   vector(int n) rather than vector<string>(int n)
3874   // This is less noisy without being less clear, and avoids tricky cases.
3875   Policy.SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors = true;
3876 
3877   // FIXME: Set priority, availability appropriately.
3878   CodeCompletionBuilder Result(Allocator, CCTUInfo, 1,
3879                                CXAvailability_Available);
3880 
3881   if (getKind() == CK_Template)
3882     return createTemplateSignatureString(getTemplate(), Result, CurrentArg,
3883                                          Policy);
3884 
3885   FunctionDecl *FDecl = getFunction();
3886   const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
3887       dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(getFunctionType());
3888 
3889   // First, the name/type of the callee.
3890   if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate) {
3891     Result.AddTextChunk(
3892         Result.getAllocator().CopyString(getAggregate()->getName()));
3893   } else if (FDecl) {
3894     if (IncludeBriefComments) {
3895       if (auto RC = getParameterComment(S.getASTContext(), *this, CurrentArg))
3896         Result.addBriefComment(RC->getBriefText(S.getASTContext()));
3897     }
3898     AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, Policy, FDecl, QualType(), Result);
3899 
3900     std::string Name;
3901     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Name);
3902     FDecl->getDeclName().print(OS, Policy);
3903     Result.AddTextChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
3904   } else {
3905     // Function without a declaration. Just give the return type.
3906     Result.AddResultTypeChunk(Result.getAllocator().CopyString(
3907         getFunctionType()->getReturnType().getAsString(Policy)));
3908   }
3909 
3910   // Next, the brackets and parameters.
3911   Result.AddChunk(Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace
3912                          : CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
3913   if (getKind() == CK_Aggregate)
3914     AddOverloadAggregateChunks(getAggregate(), Policy, Result, CurrentArg);
3915   else
3916     AddOverloadParameterChunks(S.getASTContext(), Policy, FDecl, Proto, Result,
3917                                CurrentArg);
3918   Result.AddChunk(Braced ? CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace
3919                          : CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
3920 
3921   return Result.TakeString();
3922 }
3923 
3924 unsigned clang::getMacroUsagePriority(StringRef MacroName,
3925                                       const LangOptions &LangOpts,
3926                                       bool PreferredTypeIsPointer) {
3927   unsigned Priority = CCP_Macro;
3928 
3929   // Treat the "nil", "Nil" and "NULL" macros as null pointer constants.
3930   if (MacroName.equals("nil") || MacroName.equals("NULL") ||
3931       MacroName.equals("Nil")) {
3932     Priority = CCP_Constant;
3933     if (PreferredTypeIsPointer)
3934       Priority = Priority / CCF_SimilarTypeMatch;
3935   }
3936   // Treat "YES", "NO", "true", and "false" as constants.
3937   else if (MacroName.equals("YES") || MacroName.equals("NO") ||
3938            MacroName.equals("true") || MacroName.equals("false"))
3939     Priority = CCP_Constant;
3940   // Treat "bool" as a type.
3941   else if (MacroName.equals("bool"))
3942     Priority = CCP_Type + (LangOpts.ObjC ? CCD_bool_in_ObjC : 0);
3943 
3944   return Priority;
3945 }
3946 
3947 CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(const Decl *D) {
3948   if (!D)
3949     return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;
3950 
3951   switch (D->getKind()) {
3952   case Decl::Enum:
3953     return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
3954   case Decl::EnumConstant:
3955     return CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl;
3956   case Decl::Field:
3957     return CXCursor_FieldDecl;
3958   case Decl::Function:
3959     return CXCursor_FunctionDecl;
3960   case Decl::ObjCCategory:
3961     return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl;
3962   case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
3963     return CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
3964   case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
3965     return CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl;
3966 
3967   case Decl::ObjCInterface:
3968     return CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl;
3969   case Decl::ObjCIvar:
3970     return CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl;
3971   case Decl::ObjCMethod:
3972     return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isInstanceMethod()
3973                ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl
3974                : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl;
3975   case Decl::CXXMethod:
3976     return CXCursor_CXXMethod;
3977   case Decl::CXXConstructor:
3978     return CXCursor_Constructor;
3979   case Decl::CXXDestructor:
3980     return CXCursor_Destructor;
3981   case Decl::CXXConversion:
3982     return CXCursor_ConversionFunction;
3983   case Decl::ObjCProperty:
3984     return CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl;
3985   case Decl::ObjCProtocol:
3986     return CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl;
3987   case Decl::ParmVar:
3988     return CXCursor_ParmDecl;
3989   case Decl::Typedef:
3990     return CXCursor_TypedefDecl;
3991   case Decl::TypeAlias:
3992     return CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl;
3993   case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
3994     return CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl;
3995   case Decl::Var:
3996     return CXCursor_VarDecl;
3997   case Decl::Namespace:
3998     return CXCursor_Namespace;
3999   case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
4000     return CXCursor_NamespaceAlias;
4001   case Decl::TemplateTypeParm:
4002     return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;
4003   case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm:
4004     return CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter;
4005   case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
4006     return CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter;
4007   case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
4008     return CXCursor_FunctionTemplate;
4009   case Decl::ClassTemplate:
4010     return CXCursor_ClassTemplate;
4011   case Decl::AccessSpec:
4012     return CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier;
4013   case Decl::ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization:
4014     return CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization;
4015   case Decl::UsingDirective:
4016     return CXCursor_UsingDirective;
4017   case Decl::StaticAssert:
4018     return CXCursor_StaticAssert;
4019   case Decl::Friend:
4020     return CXCursor_FriendDecl;
4021   case Decl::TranslationUnit:
4022     return CXCursor_TranslationUnit;
4023 
4024   case Decl::Using:
4025   case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
4026   case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename:
4027     return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration;
4028 
4029   case Decl::UsingEnum:
4030     return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
4031 
4032   case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
4033     switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) {
4034     case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic:
4035       return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl;
4036 
4037     case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize:
4038       return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl;
4039     }
4040     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected Kind!");
4041 
4042   case Decl::Import:
4043     return CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl;
4044 
4045   case Decl::ObjCTypeParam:
4046     return CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter;
4047 
4048   default:
4049     if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
4050       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
4051       case TTK_Interface: // fall through
4052       case TTK_Struct:
4053         return CXCursor_StructDecl;
4054       case TTK_Class:
4055         return CXCursor_ClassDecl;
4056       case TTK_Union:
4057         return CXCursor_UnionDecl;
4058       case TTK_Enum:
4059         return CXCursor_EnumDecl;
4060       }
4061     }
4062   }
4063 
4064   return CXCursor_UnexposedDecl;
4065 }
4066 
4067 static void AddMacroResults(Preprocessor &PP, ResultBuilder &Results,
4068                             bool LoadExternal, bool IncludeUndefined,
4069                             bool TargetTypeIsPointer = false) {
4070   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4071 
4072   Results.EnterNewScope();
4073 
4074   for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(LoadExternal),
4075                                     MEnd = PP.macro_end(LoadExternal);
4076        M != MEnd; ++M) {
4077     auto MD = PP.getMacroDefinition(M->first);
4078     if (IncludeUndefined || MD) {
4079       MacroInfo *MI = MD.getMacroInfo();
4080       if (MI && MI->isUsedForHeaderGuard())
4081         continue;
4082 
4083       Results.AddResult(
4084           Result(M->first, MI,
4085                  getMacroUsagePriority(M->first->getName(), PP.getLangOpts(),
4086                                        TargetTypeIsPointer)));
4087     }
4088   }
4089 
4090   Results.ExitScope();
4091 }
4092 
4093 static void AddPrettyFunctionResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
4094                                      ResultBuilder &Results) {
4095   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4096 
4097   Results.EnterNewScope();
4098 
4099   Results.AddResult(Result("__PRETTY_FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
4100   Results.AddResult(Result("__FUNCTION__", CCP_Constant));
4101   if (LangOpts.C99 || LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
4102     Results.AddResult(Result("__func__", CCP_Constant));
4103   Results.ExitScope();
4104 }
4105 
4106 static void HandleCodeCompleteResults(Sema *S,
4107                                       CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter,
4108                                       CodeCompletionContext Context,
4109                                       CodeCompletionResult *Results,
4110                                       unsigned NumResults) {
4111   if (CodeCompleter)
4112     CodeCompleter->ProcessCodeCompleteResults(*S, Context, Results, NumResults);
4113 }
4114 
4115 static CodeCompletionContext
4116 mapCodeCompletionContext(Sema &S, Sema::ParserCompletionContext PCC) {
4117   switch (PCC) {
4118   case Sema::PCC_Namespace:
4119     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;
4120 
4121   case Sema::PCC_Class:
4122     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;
4123 
4124   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInterface:
4125     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterface;
4126 
4127   case Sema::PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4128     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation;
4129 
4130   case Sema::PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4131     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCIvarList;
4132 
4133   case Sema::PCC_Template:
4134   case Sema::PCC_MemberTemplate:
4135     if (S.CurContext->isFileContext())
4136       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TopLevel;
4137     if (S.CurContext->isRecord())
4138       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassStructUnion;
4139     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;
4140 
4141   case Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4142     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery;
4143 
4144   case Sema::PCC_ForInit:
4145     if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().C99 ||
4146         S.getLangOpts().ObjC)
4147       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;
4148     else
4149       return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;
4150 
4151   case Sema::PCC_Expression:
4152     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression;
4153   case Sema::PCC_Condition:
4154     return CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
4155                                  S.getASTContext().BoolTy);
4156 
4157   case Sema::PCC_Statement:
4158     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Statement;
4159 
4160   case Sema::PCC_Type:
4161     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;
4162 
4163   case Sema::PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4164     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression;
4165 
4166   case Sema::PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4167     return CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type;
4168   }
4169 
4170   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ParserCompletionContext!");
4171 }
4172 
4173 /// If we're in a C++ virtual member function, add completion results
4174 /// that invoke the functions we override, since it's common to invoke the
4175 /// overridden function as well as adding new functionality.
4176 ///
4177 /// \param S The semantic analysis object for which we are generating results.
4178 ///
4179 /// \param InContext This context in which the nested-name-specifier preceding
4180 /// the code-completion point
4181 static void MaybeAddOverrideCalls(Sema &S, DeclContext *InContext,
4182                                   ResultBuilder &Results) {
4183   // Look through blocks.
4184   DeclContext *CurContext = S.CurContext;
4185   while (isa<BlockDecl>(CurContext))
4186     CurContext = CurContext->getParent();
4187 
4188   CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
4189   if (!Method || !Method->isVirtual())
4190     return;
4191 
4192   // We need to have names for all of the parameters, if we're going to
4193   // generate a forwarding call.
4194   for (auto P : Method->parameters())
4195     if (!P->getDeclName())
4196       return;
4197 
4198   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S);
4199   for (const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden : Method->overridden_methods()) {
4200     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4201                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4202     if (Overridden->getCanonicalDecl() == Method->getCanonicalDecl())
4203       continue;
4204 
4205     // If we need a nested-name-specifier, add one now.
4206     if (!InContext) {
4207       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = getRequiredQualification(
4208           S.Context, CurContext, Overridden->getDeclContext());
4209       if (NNS) {
4210         std::string Str;
4211         llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
4212         NNS->print(OS, Policy);
4213         Builder.AddTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(OS.str()));
4214       }
4215     } else if (!InContext->Equals(Overridden->getDeclContext()))
4216       continue;
4217 
4218     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4219         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Overridden->getNameAsString()));
4220     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4221     bool FirstParam = true;
4222     for (auto P : Method->parameters()) {
4223       if (FirstParam)
4224         FirstParam = false;
4225       else
4226         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
4227 
4228       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4229           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getIdentifier()->getName()));
4230     }
4231     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4232     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
4233         Builder.TakeString(), CCP_SuperCompletion, CXCursor_CXXMethod,
4234         CXAvailability_Available, Overridden));
4235     Results.Ignore(Overridden);
4236   }
4237 }
4238 
4239 void Sema::CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc,
4240                                     ModuleIdPath Path) {
4241   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4242   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4243                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4244                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
4245   Results.EnterNewScope();
4246 
4247   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
4248   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4249   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4250   if (Path.empty()) {
4251     // Enumerate all top-level modules.
4252     SmallVector<Module *, 8> Modules;
4253     PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().collectAllModules(Modules);
4254     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Modules.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4255       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4256           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Modules[I]->Name));
4257       Results.AddResult(Result(
4258           Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
4259           Modules[I]->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
4260                                     : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
4261     }
4262   } else if (getLangOpts().Modules) {
4263     // Load the named module.
4264     Module *Mod =
4265         PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
4266                                         /*IsInclusionDirective=*/false);
4267     // Enumerate submodules.
4268     if (Mod) {
4269       for (Module::submodule_iterator Sub = Mod->submodule_begin(),
4270                                       SubEnd = Mod->submodule_end();
4271            Sub != SubEnd; ++Sub) {
4272 
4273         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4274             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString((*Sub)->Name));
4275         Results.AddResult(Result(
4276             Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Declaration, CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
4277             (*Sub)->isAvailable() ? CXAvailability_Available
4278                                   : CXAvailability_NotAvailable));
4279       }
4280     }
4281   }
4282   Results.ExitScope();
4283   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4284                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4285 }
4286 
4287 void Sema::CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
4288                                     ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext) {
4289   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4290                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4291                         mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, CompletionContext));
4292   Results.EnterNewScope();
4293 
4294   // Determine how to filter results, e.g., so that the names of
4295   // values (functions, enumerators, function templates, etc.) are
4296   // only allowed where we can have an expression.
4297   switch (CompletionContext) {
4298   case PCC_Namespace:
4299   case PCC_Class:
4300   case PCC_ObjCInterface:
4301   case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4302   case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4303   case PCC_Template:
4304   case PCC_MemberTemplate:
4305   case PCC_Type:
4306   case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4307     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
4308     break;
4309 
4310   case PCC_Statement:
4311   case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4312   case PCC_Expression:
4313   case PCC_ForInit:
4314   case PCC_Condition:
4315     if (WantTypesInContext(CompletionContext, getLangOpts()))
4316       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
4317     else
4318       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);
4319 
4320     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4321       MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, /*InContext=*/nullptr, Results);
4322     break;
4323 
4324   case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4325     // Unfiltered
4326     break;
4327   }
4328 
4329   // If we are in a C++ non-static member function, check the qualifiers on
4330   // the member function to filter/prioritize the results list.
4331   auto ThisType = getCurrentThisType();
4332   if (!ThisType.isNull())
4333     Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(ThisType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(),
4334                                     VK_LValue);
4335 
4336   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4337   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
4338                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4339                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4340 
4341   AddOrdinaryNameResults(CompletionContext, S, *this, Results);
4342   Results.ExitScope();
4343 
4344   switch (CompletionContext) {
4345   case PCC_ParenthesizedExpression:
4346   case PCC_Expression:
4347   case PCC_Statement:
4348   case PCC_RecoveryInFunction:
4349     if (S->getFnParent())
4350       AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
4351     break;
4352 
4353   case PCC_Namespace:
4354   case PCC_Class:
4355   case PCC_ObjCInterface:
4356   case PCC_ObjCImplementation:
4357   case PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList:
4358   case PCC_Template:
4359   case PCC_MemberTemplate:
4360   case PCC_ForInit:
4361   case PCC_Condition:
4362   case PCC_Type:
4363   case PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers:
4364     break;
4365   }
4366 
4367   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
4368     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
4369 
4370   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4371                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4372 }
4373 
4374 static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
4375                                        ParsedType Receiver,
4376                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
4377                                        bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
4378                                        ResultBuilder &Results);
4379 
4380 void Sema::CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4381                                 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
4382                                 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
4383   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4384   ResultBuilder Results(
4385       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4386       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4387       AllowNestedNameSpecifiers
4388           // FIXME: Try to separate codepath leading here to deduce whether we
4389           // need an existing symbol or a new one.
4390           ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName
4391           : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NewName);
4392   Results.EnterNewScope();
4393 
4394   // Type qualifiers can come after names.
4395   Results.AddResult(Result("const"));
4396   Results.AddResult(Result("volatile"));
4397   if (getLangOpts().C99)
4398     Results.AddResult(Result("restrict"));
4399 
4400   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4401     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
4402         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4403          DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct))
4404       Results.AddResult("final");
4405 
4406     if (AllowNonIdentifiers) {
4407       Results.AddResult(Result("operator"));
4408     }
4409 
4410     // Add nested-name-specifiers.
4411     if (AllowNestedNameSpecifiers) {
4412       Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
4413       Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsImpossibleToSatisfy);
4414       CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4415       LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
4416                          CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4417                          CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4418       Results.setFilter(nullptr);
4419     }
4420   }
4421   Results.ExitScope();
4422 
4423   // If we're in a context where we might have an expression (rather than a
4424   // declaration), and what we've seen so far is an Objective-C type that could
4425   // be a receiver of a class message, this may be a class message send with
4426   // the initial opening bracket '[' missing. Add appropriate completions.
4427   if (AllowNonIdentifiers && !AllowNestedNameSpecifiers &&
4428       DS.getParsedSpecifiers() == DeclSpec::PQ_TypeSpecifier &&
4429       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
4430       DS.getTypeSpecComplex() == DeclSpec::TSC_unspecified &&
4431       DS.getTypeSpecSign() == TypeSpecifierSign::Unspecified &&
4432       !DS.isTypeAltiVecVector() && S &&
4433       (S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) != 0 &&
4434       (S->getFlags() & (Scope::ClassScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope |
4435                         Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::AtCatchScope)) ==
4436           0) {
4437     ParsedType T = DS.getRepAsType();
4438     if (!T.get().isNull() && T.get()->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType())
4439       AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, T, None, false, false, Results);
4440   }
4441 
4442   // Note that we intentionally suppress macro results here, since we do not
4443   // encourage using macros to produce the names of entities.
4444 
4445   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4446                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4447 }
4448 
4449 static const char *underscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) {
4450   if (Scope == "clang")
4451     return "_Clang";
4452   if (Scope == "gnu")
4453     return "__gnu__";
4454   return nullptr;
4455 }
4456 
4457 static const char *noUnderscoreAttrScope(llvm::StringRef Scope) {
4458   if (Scope == "_Clang")
4459     return "clang";
4460   if (Scope == "__gnu__")
4461     return "gnu";
4462   return nullptr;
4463 }
4464 
4465 void Sema::CodeCompleteAttribute(AttributeCommonInfo::Syntax Syntax,
4466                                  AttributeCompletion Completion,
4467                                  const IdentifierInfo *InScope) {
4468   if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::None)
4469     return;
4470   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4471                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4472                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Attribute);
4473 
4474   // We're going to iterate over the normalized spellings of the attribute.
4475   // These don't include "underscore guarding": the normalized spelling is
4476   // clang::foo but you can also write _Clang::__foo__.
4477   //
4478   // (Clang supports a mix like clang::__foo__ but we won't suggest it: either
4479   // you care about clashing with macros or you don't).
4480   //
4481   // So if we're already in a scope, we determine its canonical spellings
4482   // (for comparison with normalized attr spelling) and remember whether it was
4483   // underscore-guarded (so we know how to spell contained attributes).
4484   llvm::StringRef InScopeName;
4485   bool InScopeUnderscore = false;
4486   if (InScope) {
4487     InScopeName = InScope->getName();
4488     if (const char *NoUnderscore = noUnderscoreAttrScope(InScopeName)) {
4489       InScopeName = NoUnderscore;
4490       InScopeUnderscore = true;
4491     }
4492   }
4493   bool SyntaxSupportsGuards = Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_GNU ||
4494                               Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 ||
4495                               Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C2x;
4496 
4497   llvm::DenseSet<llvm::StringRef> FoundScopes;
4498   auto AddCompletions = [&](const ParsedAttrInfo &A) {
4499     if (A.IsTargetSpecific && !A.existsInTarget(Context.getTargetInfo()))
4500       return;
4501     if (!A.acceptsLangOpts(getLangOpts()))
4502       return;
4503     for (const auto &S : A.Spellings) {
4504       if (S.Syntax != Syntax)
4505         continue;
4506       llvm::StringRef Name = S.NormalizedFullName;
4507       llvm::StringRef Scope;
4508       if ((Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_CXX11 ||
4509            Syntax == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_C2x)) {
4510         std::tie(Scope, Name) = Name.split("::");
4511         if (Name.empty()) // oops, unscoped
4512           std::swap(Name, Scope);
4513       }
4514 
4515       // Do we just want a list of scopes rather than attributes?
4516       if (Completion == AttributeCompletion::Scope) {
4517         // Make sure to emit each scope only once.
4518         if (!Scope.empty() && FoundScopes.insert(Scope).second) {
4519           Results.AddResult(
4520               CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Scope)));
4521           // Include alternate form (__gnu__ instead of gnu).
4522           if (const char *Scope2 = underscoreAttrScope(Scope))
4523             Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Scope2));
4524         }
4525         continue;
4526       }
4527 
4528       // If a scope was specified, it must match but we don't need to print it.
4529       if (!InScopeName.empty()) {
4530         if (Scope != InScopeName)
4531           continue;
4532         Scope = "";
4533       }
4534 
4535       auto Add = [&](llvm::StringRef Scope, llvm::StringRef Name,
4536                      bool Underscores) {
4537         CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4538                                       Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4539         llvm::SmallString<32> Text;
4540         if (!Scope.empty()) {
4541           Text.append(Scope);
4542           Text.append("::");
4543         }
4544         if (Underscores)
4545           Text.append("__");
4546         Text.append(Name);
4547         if (Underscores)
4548           Text.append("__");
4549         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Text));
4550 
4551         if (!A.ArgNames.empty()) {
4552           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen, "(");
4553           bool First = true;
4554           for (const char *Arg : A.ArgNames) {
4555             if (!First)
4556               Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma, ", ");
4557             First = false;
4558             Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Arg);
4559           }
4560           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen, ")");
4561         }
4562 
4563         Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
4564       };
4565 
4566       // Generate the non-underscore-guarded result.
4567       // Note this is (a suffix of) the NormalizedFullName, no need to copy.
4568       // If an underscore-guarded scope was specified, only the
4569       // underscore-guarded attribute name is relevant.
4570       if (!InScopeUnderscore)
4571         Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/false);
4572 
4573       // Generate the underscore-guarded version, for syntaxes that support it.
4574       // We skip this if the scope was already spelled and not guarded, or
4575       // we must spell it and can't guard it.
4576       if (!(InScope && !InScopeUnderscore) && SyntaxSupportsGuards) {
4577         llvm::SmallString<32> Guarded;
4578         if (Scope.empty()) {
4579           Add(Scope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true);
4580         } else {
4581           const char *GuardedScope = underscoreAttrScope(Scope);
4582           if (!GuardedScope)
4583             continue;
4584           Add(GuardedScope, Name, /*Underscores=*/true);
4585         }
4586       }
4587 
4588       // It may be nice to include the Kind so we can look up the docs later.
4589     }
4590   };
4591 
4592   for (const auto *A : ParsedAttrInfo::getAllBuiltin())
4593     AddCompletions(*A);
4594   for (const auto &Entry : ParsedAttrInfoRegistry::entries())
4595     AddCompletions(*Entry.instantiate());
4596 
4597   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4598                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4599 }
4600 
4601 struct Sema::CodeCompleteExpressionData {
4602   CodeCompleteExpressionData(QualType PreferredType = QualType(),
4603                              bool IsParenthesized = false)
4604       : PreferredType(PreferredType), IntegralConstantExpression(false),
4605         ObjCCollection(false), IsParenthesized(IsParenthesized) {}
4606 
4607   QualType PreferredType;
4608   bool IntegralConstantExpression;
4609   bool ObjCCollection;
4610   bool IsParenthesized;
4611   SmallVector<Decl *, 4> IgnoreDecls;
4612 };
4613 
4614 namespace {
4615 /// Information that allows to avoid completing redundant enumerators.
4616 struct CoveredEnumerators {
4617   llvm::SmallPtrSet<EnumConstantDecl *, 8> Seen;
4618   NestedNameSpecifier *SuggestedQualifier = nullptr;
4619 };
4620 } // namespace
4621 
4622 static void AddEnumerators(ResultBuilder &Results, ASTContext &Context,
4623                            EnumDecl *Enum, DeclContext *CurContext,
4624                            const CoveredEnumerators &Enumerators) {
4625   NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier;
4626   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Qualifier && Enumerators.Seen.empty()) {
4627     // If there are no prior enumerators in C++, check whether we have to
4628     // qualify the names of the enumerators that we suggest, because they
4629     // may not be visible in this scope.
4630     Qualifier = getRequiredQualification(Context, CurContext, Enum);
4631   }
4632 
4633   Results.EnterNewScope();
4634   for (auto *E : Enum->enumerators()) {
4635     if (Enumerators.Seen.count(E))
4636       continue;
4637 
4638     CodeCompletionResult R(E, CCP_EnumInCase, Qualifier);
4639     Results.AddResult(R, CurContext, nullptr, false);
4640   }
4641   Results.ExitScope();
4642 }
4643 
4644 /// Try to find a corresponding FunctionProtoType for function-like types (e.g.
4645 /// function pointers, std::function, etc).
4646 static const FunctionProtoType *TryDeconstructFunctionLike(QualType T) {
4647   assert(!T.isNull());
4648   // Try to extract first template argument from std::function<> and similar.
4649   // Note we only handle the sugared types, they closely match what users wrote.
4650   // We explicitly choose to not handle ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl.
4651   if (auto *Specialization = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
4652     if (Specialization->getNumArgs() != 1)
4653       return nullptr;
4654     const TemplateArgument &Argument = Specialization->getArg(0);
4655     if (Argument.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type)
4656       return nullptr;
4657     return Argument.getAsType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4658   }
4659   // Handle other cases.
4660   if (T->isPointerType())
4661     T = T->getPointeeType();
4662   return T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4663 }
4664 
4665 /// Adds a pattern completion for a lambda expression with the specified
4666 /// parameter types and placeholders for parameter names.
4667 static void AddLambdaCompletion(ResultBuilder &Results,
4668                                 llvm::ArrayRef<QualType> Parameters,
4669                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
4670   if (!Results.includeCodePatterns())
4671     return;
4672   CodeCompletionBuilder Completion(Results.getAllocator(),
4673                                    Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4674   // [](<parameters>) {}
4675   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBracket);
4676   Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("=");
4677   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
4678   if (!Parameters.empty()) {
4679     Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4680     bool First = true;
4681     for (auto Parameter : Parameters) {
4682       if (!First)
4683         Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::ChunkKind::CK_Comma);
4684       else
4685         First = false;
4686 
4687       constexpr llvm::StringLiteral NamePlaceholder = "!#!NAME_GOES_HERE!#!";
4688       std::string Type = std::string(NamePlaceholder);
4689       Parameter.getAsStringInternal(Type, PrintingPolicy(LangOpts));
4690       llvm::StringRef Prefix, Suffix;
4691       std::tie(Prefix, Suffix) = llvm::StringRef(Type).split(NamePlaceholder);
4692       Prefix = Prefix.rtrim();
4693       Suffix = Suffix.ltrim();
4694 
4695       Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Prefix));
4696       Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4697       Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
4698       Completion.AddTextChunk(Completion.getAllocator().CopyString(Suffix));
4699     };
4700     Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4701   }
4702   Completion.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4703   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
4704   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4705   Completion.AddPlaceholderChunk("body");
4706   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
4707   Completion.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
4708 
4709   Results.AddResult(Completion.TakeString());
4710 }
4711 
4712 /// Perform code-completion in an expression context when we know what
4713 /// type we're looking for.
4714 void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
4715                                   const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data) {
4716   ResultBuilder Results(
4717       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
4718       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
4719       CodeCompletionContext(
4720           Data.IsParenthesized
4721               ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ParenthesizedExpression
4722               : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression,
4723           Data.PreferredType));
4724   auto PCC =
4725       Data.IsParenthesized ? PCC_ParenthesizedExpression : PCC_Expression;
4726   if (Data.ObjCCollection)
4727     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCCollection);
4728   else if (Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
4729     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsIntegralConstantValue);
4730   else if (WantTypesInContext(PCC, getLangOpts()))
4731     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
4732   else
4733     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonTypeName);
4734 
4735   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull())
4736     Results.setPreferredType(Data.PreferredType.getNonReferenceType());
4737 
4738   // Ignore any declarations that we were told that we don't care about.
4739   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Data.IgnoreDecls.size(); I != N; ++I)
4740     Results.Ignore(Data.IgnoreDecls[I]);
4741 
4742   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
4743   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
4744                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
4745                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
4746 
4747   Results.EnterNewScope();
4748   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC, S, *this, Results);
4749   Results.ExitScope();
4750 
4751   bool PreferredTypeIsPointer = false;
4752   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull()) {
4753     PreferredTypeIsPointer = Data.PreferredType->isAnyPointerType() ||
4754                              Data.PreferredType->isMemberPointerType() ||
4755                              Data.PreferredType->isBlockPointerType();
4756     if (Data.PreferredType->isEnumeralType()) {
4757       EnumDecl *Enum = Data.PreferredType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
4758       if (auto *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
4759         Enum = Def;
4760       // FIXME: collect covered enumerators in cases like:
4761       //        if (x == my_enum::one) { ... } else if (x == ^) {}
4762       AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, CoveredEnumerators());
4763     }
4764   }
4765 
4766   if (S->getFnParent() && !Data.ObjCCollection &&
4767       !Data.IntegralConstantExpression)
4768     AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
4769 
4770   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
4771     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false,
4772                     PreferredTypeIsPointer);
4773 
4774   // Complete a lambda expression when preferred type is a function.
4775   if (!Data.PreferredType.isNull() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
4776     if (const FunctionProtoType *F =
4777             TryDeconstructFunctionLike(Data.PreferredType))
4778       AddLambdaCompletion(Results, F->getParamTypes(), getLangOpts());
4779   }
4780 
4781   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
4782                             Results.data(), Results.size());
4783 }
4784 
4785 void Sema::CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType,
4786                                   bool IsParenthesized) {
4787   return CodeCompleteExpression(
4788       S, CodeCompleteExpressionData(PreferredType, IsParenthesized));
4789 }
4790 
4791 void Sema::CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult E,
4792                                          QualType PreferredType) {
4793   if (E.isInvalid())
4794     CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
4795   else if (getLangOpts().ObjC)
4796     CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, E.get(), None, false);
4797 }
4798 
4799 /// The set of properties that have already been added, referenced by
4800 /// property name.
4801 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> AddedPropertiesSet;
4802 
4803 /// Retrieve the container definition, if any?
4804 static ObjCContainerDecl *getContainerDef(ObjCContainerDecl *Container) {
4805   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
4806     if (Interface->hasDefinition())
4807       return Interface->getDefinition();
4808 
4809     return Interface;
4810   }
4811 
4812   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
4813     if (Protocol->hasDefinition())
4814       return Protocol->getDefinition();
4815 
4816     return Protocol;
4817   }
4818   return Container;
4819 }
4820 
4821 /// Adds a block invocation code completion result for the given block
4822 /// declaration \p BD.
4823 static void AddObjCBlockCall(ASTContext &Context, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
4824                              CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder,
4825                              const NamedDecl *BD,
4826                              const FunctionTypeLoc &BlockLoc,
4827                              const FunctionProtoTypeLoc &BlockProtoLoc) {
4828   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
4829       GetCompletionTypeString(BlockLoc.getReturnLoc().getType(), Context,
4830                               Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
4831 
4832   AddTypedNameChunk(Context, Policy, BD, Builder);
4833   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
4834 
4835   if (BlockProtoLoc && BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic()) {
4836     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("...");
4837   } else {
4838     for (unsigned I = 0, N = BlockLoc.getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) {
4839       if (I)
4840         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
4841 
4842       // Format the placeholder string.
4843       std::string PlaceholderStr =
4844           FormatFunctionParameter(Policy, BlockLoc.getParam(I));
4845 
4846       if (I == N - 1 && BlockProtoLoc &&
4847           BlockProtoLoc.getTypePtr()->isVariadic())
4848         PlaceholderStr += ", ...";
4849 
4850       // Add the placeholder string.
4851       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4852           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
4853     }
4854   }
4855 
4856   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
4857 }
4858 
4859 static void
4860 AddObjCProperties(const CodeCompletionContext &CCContext,
4861                   ObjCContainerDecl *Container, bool AllowCategories,
4862                   bool AllowNullaryMethods, DeclContext *CurContext,
4863                   AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties, ResultBuilder &Results,
4864                   bool IsBaseExprStatement = false,
4865                   bool IsClassProperty = false, bool InOriginalClass = true) {
4866   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
4867 
4868   // Retrieve the definition.
4869   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
4870 
4871   // Add properties in this container.
4872   const auto AddProperty = [&](const ObjCPropertyDecl *P) {
4873     if (!AddedProperties.insert(P->getIdentifier()).second)
4874       return;
4875 
4876     // FIXME: Provide block invocation completion for non-statement
4877     // expressions.
4878     if (!P->getType().getTypePtr()->isBlockPointerType() ||
4879         !IsBaseExprStatement) {
4880       Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
4881       if (!InOriginalClass)
4882         setInBaseClass(R);
4883       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4884       return;
4885     }
4886 
4887     // Block setter and invocation completion is provided only when we are able
4888     // to find the FunctionProtoTypeLoc with parameter names for the block.
4889     FunctionTypeLoc BlockLoc;
4890     FunctionProtoTypeLoc BlockProtoLoc;
4891     findTypeLocationForBlockDecl(P->getTypeSourceInfo(), BlockLoc,
4892                                  BlockProtoLoc);
4893     if (!BlockLoc) {
4894       Result R = Result(P, Results.getBasePriority(P), nullptr);
4895       if (!InOriginalClass)
4896         setInBaseClass(R);
4897       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4898       return;
4899     }
4900 
4901     // The default completion result for block properties should be the block
4902     // invocation completion when the base expression is a statement.
4903     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4904                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4905     AddObjCBlockCall(Container->getASTContext(),
4906                      getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), Builder, P,
4907                      BlockLoc, BlockProtoLoc);
4908     Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), P, Results.getBasePriority(P));
4909     if (!InOriginalClass)
4910       setInBaseClass(R);
4911     Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4912 
4913     // Provide additional block setter completion iff the base expression is a
4914     // statement and the block property is mutable.
4915     if (!P->isReadOnly()) {
4916       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4917                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4918       AddResultTypeChunk(Container->getASTContext(),
4919                          getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P,
4920                          CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
4921       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4922           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(P->getName()));
4923       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Equal);
4924 
4925       std::string PlaceholderStr = formatBlockPlaceholder(
4926           getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema()), P, BlockLoc,
4927           BlockProtoLoc, /*SuppressBlockName=*/true);
4928       // Add the placeholder string.
4929       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(
4930           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(PlaceholderStr));
4931 
4932       // When completing blocks properties that return void the default
4933       // property completion result should show up before the setter,
4934       // otherwise the setter completion should show up before the default
4935       // property completion, as we normally want to use the result of the
4936       // call.
4937       Result R =
4938           Result(Builder.TakeString(), P,
4939                  Results.getBasePriority(P) +
4940                      (BlockLoc.getTypePtr()->getReturnType()->isVoidType()
4941                           ? CCD_BlockPropertySetter
4942                           : -CCD_BlockPropertySetter));
4943       if (!InOriginalClass)
4944         setInBaseClass(R);
4945       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4946     }
4947   };
4948 
4949   if (IsClassProperty) {
4950     for (const auto *P : Container->class_properties())
4951       AddProperty(P);
4952   } else {
4953     for (const auto *P : Container->instance_properties())
4954       AddProperty(P);
4955   }
4956 
4957   // Add nullary methods or implicit class properties
4958   if (AllowNullaryMethods) {
4959     ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext();
4960     PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());
4961     // Adds a method result
4962     const auto AddMethod = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *M) {
4963       IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
4964       if (!Name)
4965         return;
4966       if (!AddedProperties.insert(Name).second)
4967         return;
4968       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
4969                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
4970       AddResultTypeChunk(Context, Policy, M, CCContext.getBaseType(), Builder);
4971       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
4972           Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName()));
4973       Result R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), M,
4974                         CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty);
4975       if (!InOriginalClass)
4976         setInBaseClass(R);
4977       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
4978     };
4979 
4980     if (IsClassProperty) {
4981       for (const auto *M : Container->methods()) {
4982         // Gather the class method that can be used as implicit property
4983         // getters. Methods with arguments or methods that return void aren't
4984         // added to the results as they can't be used as a getter.
4985         if (!M->getSelector().isUnarySelector() ||
4986             M->getReturnType()->isVoidType() || M->isInstanceMethod())
4987           continue;
4988         AddMethod(M);
4989       }
4990     } else {
4991       for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
4992         if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector())
4993           AddMethod(M);
4994       }
4995     }
4996   }
4997 
4998   // Add properties in referenced protocols.
4999   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
5000     for (auto *P : Protocol->protocols())
5001       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5002                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5003                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5004                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5005   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace =
5006                  dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
5007     if (AllowCategories) {
5008       // Look through categories.
5009       for (auto *Cat : IFace->known_categories())
5010         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, Cat, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5011                           CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5012                           IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5013                           InOriginalClass);
5014     }
5015 
5016     // Look through protocols.
5017     for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols())
5018       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5019                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5020                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5021                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5022 
5023     // Look in the superclass.
5024     if (IFace->getSuperClass())
5025       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories,
5026                         AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, AddedProperties,
5027                         Results, IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5028                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5029   } else if (const auto *Category =
5030                  dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
5031     // Look through protocols.
5032     for (auto *P : Category->protocols())
5033       AddObjCProperties(CCContext, P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods,
5034                         CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5035                         IsBaseExprStatement, IsClassProperty,
5036                         /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5037   }
5038 }
5039 
5040 static void AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(
5041     Sema &SemaRef, ResultBuilder &Results, Scope *S, QualType BaseType,
5042     ExprValueKind BaseKind, RecordDecl *RD, Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) {
5043   // Indicate that we are performing a member access, and the cv-qualifiers
5044   // for the base object type.
5045   Results.setObjectTypeQualifiers(BaseType.getQualifiers(), BaseKind);
5046 
5047   // Access to a C/C++ class, struct, or union.
5048   Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
5049   std::vector<FixItHint> FixIts;
5050   if (AccessOpFixIt)
5051     FixIts.emplace_back(AccessOpFixIt.getValue());
5052   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, RD, BaseType, std::move(FixIts));
5053   SemaRef.LookupVisibleDecls(RD, Sema::LookupMemberName, Consumer,
5054                              SemaRef.CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5055                              /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
5056                              SemaRef.CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5057 
5058   if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5059     if (!Results.empty()) {
5060       // The "template" keyword can follow "->" or "." in the grammar.
5061       // However, we only want to suggest the template keyword if something
5062       // is dependent.
5063       bool IsDependent = BaseType->isDependentType();
5064       if (!IsDependent) {
5065         for (Scope *DepScope = S; DepScope; DepScope = DepScope->getParent())
5066           if (DeclContext *Ctx = DepScope->getEntity()) {
5067             IsDependent = Ctx->isDependentContext();
5068             break;
5069           }
5070       }
5071 
5072       if (IsDependent)
5073         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("template"));
5074     }
5075   }
5076 }
5077 
5078 // Returns the RecordDecl inside the BaseType, falling back to primary template
5079 // in case of specializations. Since we might not have a decl for the
5080 // instantiation/specialization yet, e.g. dependent code.
5081 static RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl(const QualType BaseType) {
5082   if (auto *RD = BaseType->getAsRecordDecl()) {
5083     if (const auto *CTSD =
5084             llvm::dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
5085       // Template might not be instantiated yet, fall back to primary template
5086       // in such cases.
5087       if (CTSD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared)
5088         RD = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl();
5089     }
5090     return RD;
5091   }
5092 
5093   if (const auto *TST = BaseType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
5094     if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<ClassTemplateDecl>(
5095             TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl())) {
5096       return TD->getTemplatedDecl();
5097     }
5098   }
5099 
5100   return nullptr;
5101 }
5102 
5103 namespace {
5104 // Collects completion-relevant information about a concept-constrainted type T.
5105 // In particular, examines the constraint expressions to find members of T.
5106 //
5107 // The design is very simple: we walk down each constraint looking for
5108 // expressions of the form T.foo().
5109 // If we're extra lucky, the return type is specified.
5110 // We don't do any clever handling of && or || in constraint expressions, we
5111 // take members from both branches.
5112 //
5113 // For example, given:
5114 //   template <class T> concept X = requires (T t, string& s) { t.print(s); };
5115 //   template <X U> void foo(U u) { u.^ }
5116 // We want to suggest the inferred member function 'print(string)'.
5117 // We see that u has type U, so X<U> holds.
5118 // X<U> requires t.print(s) to be valid, where t has type U (substituted for T).
5119 // By looking at the CallExpr we find the signature of print().
5120 //
5121 // While we tend to know in advance which kind of members (access via . -> ::)
5122 // we want, it's simpler just to gather them all and post-filter.
5123 //
5124 // FIXME: some of this machinery could be used for non-concept type-parms too,
5125 // enabling completion for type parameters based on other uses of that param.
5126 //
5127 // FIXME: there are other cases where a type can be constrained by a concept,
5128 // e.g. inside `if constexpr(ConceptSpecializationExpr) { ... }`
5129 class ConceptInfo {
5130 public:
5131   // Describes a likely member of a type, inferred by concept constraints.
5132   // Offered as a code completion for T. T-> and T:: contexts.
5133   struct Member {
5134     // Always non-null: we only handle members with ordinary identifier names.
5135     const IdentifierInfo *Name = nullptr;
5136     // Set for functions we've seen called.
5137     // We don't have the declared parameter types, only the actual types of
5138     // arguments we've seen. These are still valuable, as it's hard to render
5139     // a useful function completion with neither parameter types nor names!
5140     llvm::Optional<SmallVector<QualType, 1>> ArgTypes;
5141     // Whether this is accessed as T.member, T->member, or T::member.
5142     enum AccessOperator {
5143       Colons,
5144       Arrow,
5145       Dot,
5146     } Operator = Dot;
5147     // What's known about the type of a variable or return type of a function.
5148     const TypeConstraint *ResultType = nullptr;
5149     // FIXME: also track:
5150     //   - kind of entity (function/variable/type), to expose structured results
5151     //   - template args kinds/types, as a proxy for template params
5152 
5153     // For now we simply return these results as "pattern" strings.
5154     CodeCompletionString *render(Sema &S, CodeCompletionAllocator &Alloc,
5155                                  CodeCompletionTUInfo &Info) const {
5156       CodeCompletionBuilder B(Alloc, Info);
5157       // Result type
5158       if (ResultType) {
5159         std::string AsString;
5160         {
5161           llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(AsString);
5162           QualType ExactType = deduceType(*ResultType);
5163           if (!ExactType.isNull())
5164             ExactType.print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
5165           else
5166             ResultType->print(OS, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S));
5167         }
5168         B.AddResultTypeChunk(Alloc.CopyString(AsString));
5169       }
5170       // Member name
5171       B.AddTypedTextChunk(Alloc.CopyString(Name->getName()));
5172       // Function argument list
5173       if (ArgTypes) {
5174         B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
5175         bool First = true;
5176         for (QualType Arg : *ArgTypes) {
5177           if (First)
5178             First = false;
5179           else {
5180             B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
5181             B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
5182           }
5183           B.AddPlaceholderChunk(Alloc.CopyString(
5184               Arg.getAsString(getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S))));
5185         }
5186         B.AddChunk(clang::CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
5187       }
5188       return B.TakeString();
5189     }
5190   };
5191 
5192   // BaseType is the type parameter T to infer members from.
5193   // T must be accessible within S, as we use it to find the template entity
5194   // that T is attached to in order to gather the relevant constraints.
5195   ConceptInfo(const TemplateTypeParmType &BaseType, Scope *S) {
5196     auto *TemplatedEntity = getTemplatedEntity(BaseType.getDecl(), S);
5197     for (const Expr *E : constraintsForTemplatedEntity(TemplatedEntity))
5198       believe(E, &BaseType);
5199   }
5200 
5201   std::vector<Member> members() {
5202     std::vector<Member> Results;
5203     for (const auto &E : this->Results)
5204       Results.push_back(E.second);
5205     llvm::sort(Results, [](const Member &L, const Member &R) {
5206       return L.Name->getName() < R.Name->getName();
5207     });
5208     return Results;
5209   }
5210 
5211 private:
5212   // Infer members of T, given that the expression E (dependent on T) is true.
5213   void believe(const Expr *E, const TemplateTypeParmType *T) {
5214     if (!E || !T)
5215       return;
5216     if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(E)) {
5217       // If the concept is
5218       //   template <class A, class B> concept CD = f<A, B>();
5219       // And the concept specialization is
5220       //   CD<int, T>
5221       // Then we're substituting T for B, so we want to make f<A, B>() true
5222       // by adding members to B - i.e. believe(f<A, B>(), B);
5223       //
5224       // For simplicity:
5225       // - we don't attempt to substitute int for A
5226       // - when T is used in other ways (like CD<T*>) we ignore it
5227       ConceptDecl *CD = CSE->getNamedConcept();
5228       TemplateParameterList *Params = CD->getTemplateParameters();
5229       unsigned Index = 0;
5230       for (const auto &Arg : CSE->getTemplateArguments()) {
5231         if (Index >= Params->size())
5232           break; // Won't happen in valid code.
5233         if (isApprox(Arg, T)) {
5234           auto *TTPD = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Params->getParam(Index));
5235           if (!TTPD)
5236             continue;
5237           // T was used as an argument, and bound to the parameter TT.
5238           auto *TT = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(TTPD->getTypeForDecl());
5239           // So now we know the constraint as a function of TT is true.
5240           believe(CD->getConstraintExpr(), TT);
5241           // (concepts themselves have no associated constraints to require)
5242         }
5243 
5244         ++Index;
5245       }
5246     } else if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5247       // For A && B, we can infer members from both branches.
5248       // For A || B, the union is still more useful than the intersection.
5249       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || BO->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
5250         believe(BO->getLHS(), T);
5251         believe(BO->getRHS(), T);
5252       }
5253     } else if (auto *RE = dyn_cast<RequiresExpr>(E)) {
5254       // A requires(){...} lets us infer members from each requirement.
5255       for (const concepts::Requirement *Req : RE->getRequirements()) {
5256         if (!Req->isDependent())
5257           continue; // Can't tell us anything about T.
5258         // Now Req cannot a substitution-error: those aren't dependent.
5259 
5260         if (auto *TR = dyn_cast<concepts::TypeRequirement>(Req)) {
5261           // Do a full traversal so we get `foo` from `typename T::foo::bar`.
5262           QualType AssertedType = TR->getType()->getType();
5263           ValidVisitor(this, T).TraverseType(AssertedType);
5264         } else if (auto *ER = dyn_cast<concepts::ExprRequirement>(Req)) {
5265           ValidVisitor Visitor(this, T);
5266           // If we have a type constraint on the value of the expression,
5267           // AND the whole outer expression describes a member, then we'll
5268           // be able to use the constraint to provide the return type.
5269           if (ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().isTypeConstraint()) {
5270             Visitor.OuterType =
5271                 ER->getReturnTypeRequirement().getTypeConstraint();
5272             Visitor.OuterExpr = ER->getExpr();
5273           }
5274           Visitor.TraverseStmt(ER->getExpr());
5275         } else if (auto *NR = dyn_cast<concepts::NestedRequirement>(Req)) {
5276           believe(NR->getConstraintExpr(), T);
5277         }
5278       }
5279     }
5280   }
5281 
5282   // This visitor infers members of T based on traversing expressions/types
5283   // that involve T. It is invoked with code known to be valid for T.
5284   class ValidVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ValidVisitor> {
5285     ConceptInfo *Outer;
5286     const TemplateTypeParmType *T;
5287 
5288     CallExpr *Caller = nullptr;
5289     Expr *Callee = nullptr;
5290 
5291   public:
5292     // If set, OuterExpr is constrained by OuterType.
5293     Expr *OuterExpr = nullptr;
5294     const TypeConstraint *OuterType = nullptr;
5295 
5296     ValidVisitor(ConceptInfo *Outer, const TemplateTypeParmType *T)
5297         : Outer(Outer), T(T) {
5298       assert(T);
5299     }
5300 
5301     // In T.foo or T->foo, `foo` is a member function/variable.
5302     bool VisitCXXDependentScopeMemberExpr(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *E) {
5303       const Type *Base = E->getBaseType().getTypePtr();
5304       bool IsArrow = E->isArrow();
5305       if (Base->isPointerType() && IsArrow) {
5306         IsArrow = false;
5307         Base = Base->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5308       }
5309       if (isApprox(Base, T))
5310         addValue(E, E->getMember(), IsArrow ? Member::Arrow : Member::Dot);
5311       return true;
5312     }
5313 
5314     // In T::foo, `foo` is a static member function/variable.
5315     bool VisitDependentScopeDeclRefExpr(DependentScopeDeclRefExpr *E) {
5316       if (E->getQualifier() && isApprox(E->getQualifier()->getAsType(), T))
5317         addValue(E, E->getDeclName(), Member::Colons);
5318       return true;
5319     }
5320 
5321     // In T::typename foo, `foo` is a type.
5322     bool VisitDependentNameType(DependentNameType *DNT) {
5323       const auto *Q = DNT->getQualifier();
5324       if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
5325         addType(DNT->getIdentifier());
5326       return true;
5327     }
5328 
5329     // In T::foo::bar, `foo` must be a type.
5330     // VisitNNS() doesn't exist, and TraverseNNS isn't always called :-(
5331     bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSL) {
5332       if (NNSL) {
5333         NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSL.getNestedNameSpecifier();
5334         const auto *Q = NNS->getPrefix();
5335         if (Q && isApprox(Q->getAsType(), T))
5336           addType(NNS->getAsIdentifier());
5337       }
5338       // FIXME: also handle T::foo<X>::bar
5339       return RecursiveASTVisitor::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSL);
5340     }
5341 
5342     // FIXME also handle T::foo<X>
5343 
5344     // Track the innermost caller/callee relationship so we can tell if a
5345     // nested expr is being called as a function.
5346     bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
5347       Caller = CE;
5348       Callee = CE->getCallee();
5349       return true;
5350     }
5351 
5352   private:
5353     void addResult(Member &&M) {
5354       auto R = Outer->Results.try_emplace(M.Name);
5355       Member &O = R.first->second;
5356       // Overwrite existing if the new member has more info.
5357       // The preference of . vs :: vs -> is fairly arbitrary.
5358       if (/*Inserted*/ R.second ||
5359           std::make_tuple(M.ArgTypes.hasValue(), M.ResultType != nullptr,
5360                           M.Operator) > std::make_tuple(O.ArgTypes.hasValue(),
5361                                                         O.ResultType != nullptr,
5362                                                         O.Operator))
5363         O = std::move(M);
5364     }
5365 
5366     void addType(const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
5367       if (!Name)
5368         return;
5369       Member M;
5370       M.Name = Name;
5371       M.Operator = Member::Colons;
5372       addResult(std::move(M));
5373     }
5374 
5375     void addValue(Expr *E, DeclarationName Name,
5376                   Member::AccessOperator Operator) {
5377       if (!Name.isIdentifier())
5378         return;
5379       Member Result;
5380       Result.Name = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5381       Result.Operator = Operator;
5382       // If this is the callee of an immediately-enclosing CallExpr, then
5383       // treat it as a method, otherwise it's a variable.
5384       if (Caller != nullptr && Callee == E) {
5385         Result.ArgTypes.emplace();
5386         for (const auto *Arg : Caller->arguments())
5387           Result.ArgTypes->push_back(Arg->getType());
5388         if (Caller == OuterExpr) {
5389           Result.ResultType = OuterType;
5390         }
5391       } else {
5392         if (E == OuterExpr)
5393           Result.ResultType = OuterType;
5394       }
5395       addResult(std::move(Result));
5396     }
5397   };
5398 
5399   static bool isApprox(const TemplateArgument &Arg, const Type *T) {
5400     return Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&
5401            isApprox(Arg.getAsType().getTypePtr(), T);
5402   }
5403 
5404   static bool isApprox(const Type *T1, const Type *T2) {
5405     return T1 && T2 &&
5406            T1->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() ==
5407                T2->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified();
5408   }
5409 
5410   // Returns the DeclContext immediately enclosed by the template parameter
5411   // scope. For primary templates, this is the templated (e.g.) CXXRecordDecl.
5412   // For specializations, this is e.g. ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl.
5413   static DeclContext *getTemplatedEntity(const TemplateTypeParmDecl *D,
5414                                          Scope *S) {
5415     if (D == nullptr)
5416       return nullptr;
5417     Scope *Inner = nullptr;
5418     while (S) {
5419       if (S->isTemplateParamScope() && S->isDeclScope(D))
5420         return Inner ? Inner->getEntity() : nullptr;
5421       Inner = S;
5422       S = S->getParent();
5423     }
5424     return nullptr;
5425   }
5426 
5427   // Gets all the type constraint expressions that might apply to the type
5428   // variables associated with DC (as returned by getTemplatedEntity()).
5429   static SmallVector<const Expr *, 1>
5430   constraintsForTemplatedEntity(DeclContext *DC) {
5431     SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> Result;
5432     if (DC == nullptr)
5433       return Result;
5434     // Primary templates can have constraints.
5435     if (const auto *TD = cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplate())
5436       TD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5437     // Partial specializations may have constraints.
5438     if (const auto *CTPSD =
5439             dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
5440       CTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5441     if (const auto *VTPSD = dyn_cast<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(DC))
5442       VTPSD->getAssociatedConstraints(Result);
5443     return Result;
5444   }
5445 
5446   // Attempt to find the unique type satisfying a constraint.
5447   // This lets us show e.g. `int` instead of `std::same_as<int>`.
5448   static QualType deduceType(const TypeConstraint &T) {
5449     // Assume a same_as<T> return type constraint is std::same_as or equivalent.
5450     // In this case the return type is T.
5451     DeclarationName DN = T.getNamedConcept()->getDeclName();
5452     if (DN.isIdentifier() && DN.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("same_as"))
5453       if (const auto *Args = T.getTemplateArgsAsWritten())
5454         if (Args->getNumTemplateArgs() == 1) {
5455           const auto &Arg = Args->arguments().front().getArgument();
5456           if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
5457             return Arg.getAsType();
5458         }
5459     return {};
5460   }
5461 
5462   llvm::DenseMap<const IdentifierInfo *, Member> Results;
5463 };
5464 
5465 // Returns a type for E that yields acceptable member completions.
5466 // In particular, when E->getType() is DependentTy, try to guess a likely type.
5467 // We accept some lossiness (like dropping parameters).
5468 // We only try to handle common expressions on the LHS of MemberExpr.
5469 QualType getApproximateType(const Expr *E) {
5470   QualType Unresolved = E->getType();
5471   if (Unresolved.isNull() ||
5472       !Unresolved->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Dependent))
5473     return Unresolved;
5474   E = E->IgnoreParens();
5475   // A call: approximate-resolve callee to a function type, get its return type
5476   if (const CallExpr *CE = llvm::dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5477     QualType Callee = getApproximateType(CE->getCallee());
5478     if (Callee.isNull() ||
5479         Callee->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::BoundMember))
5480       Callee = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CE->getCallee());
5481     if (Callee.isNull())
5482       return Unresolved;
5483 
5484     if (const auto *FnTypePtr = Callee->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5485       Callee = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
5486     } else if (const auto *BPT = Callee->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5487       Callee = BPT->getPointeeType();
5488     }
5489     if (const FunctionType *FnType = Callee->getAs<FunctionType>())
5490       return FnType->getReturnType().getNonReferenceType();
5491 
5492     // Unresolved call: try to guess the return type.
5493     if (const auto *OE = llvm::dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(CE->getCallee())) {
5494       // If all candidates have the same approximate return type, use it.
5495       // Discard references and const to allow more to be "the same".
5496       // (In particular, if there's one candidate + ADL, resolve it).
5497       const Type *Common = nullptr;
5498       for (const auto *D : OE->decls()) {
5499         QualType ReturnType;
5500         if (const auto *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5501           ReturnType = FD->getReturnType();
5502         else if (const auto *FTD = llvm::dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
5503           ReturnType = FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getReturnType();
5504         if (ReturnType.isNull())
5505           continue;
5506         const Type *Candidate =
5507             ReturnType.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr();
5508         if (Common && Common != Candidate)
5509           return Unresolved; // Multiple candidates.
5510         Common = Candidate;
5511       }
5512       if (Common != nullptr)
5513         return QualType(Common, 0);
5514     }
5515   }
5516   // A dependent member: approximate-resolve the base, then lookup.
5517   if (const auto *CDSME = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E)) {
5518     QualType Base = CDSME->isImplicitAccess()
5519                         ? CDSME->getBaseType()
5520                         : getApproximateType(CDSME->getBase());
5521     if (CDSME->isArrow() && !Base.isNull())
5522       Base = Base->getPointeeType(); // could handle unique_ptr etc here?
5523     auto *RD =
5524         Base.isNull()
5525             ? nullptr
5526             : llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(getAsRecordDecl(Base));
5527     if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
5528       // Look up member heuristically, including in bases.
5529       for (const auto *Member : RD->lookupDependentName(
5530                CDSME->getMember(), [](const NamedDecl *Member) {
5531                  return llvm::isa<ValueDecl>(Member);
5532                })) {
5533         return llvm::cast<ValueDecl>(Member)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
5534       }
5535     }
5536   }
5537   return Unresolved;
5538 }
5539 
5540 // If \p Base is ParenListExpr, assume a chain of comma operators and pick the
5541 // last expr. We expect other ParenListExprs to be resolved to e.g. constructor
5542 // calls before here. (So the ParenListExpr should be nonempty, but check just
5543 // in case)
5544 Expr *unwrapParenList(Expr *Base) {
5545   if (auto *PLE = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Base)) {
5546     if (PLE->getNumExprs() == 0)
5547       return nullptr;
5548     Base = PLE->getExpr(PLE->getNumExprs() - 1);
5549   }
5550   return Base;
5551 }
5552 
5553 } // namespace
5554 
5555 void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5556                                            Expr *OtherOpBase,
5557                                            SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
5558                                            bool IsBaseExprStatement,
5559                                            QualType PreferredType) {
5560   Base = unwrapParenList(Base);
5561   OtherOpBase = unwrapParenList(OtherOpBase);
5562   if (!Base || !CodeCompleter)
5563     return;
5564 
5565   ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
5566   if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
5567     return;
5568   QualType ConvertedBaseType = getApproximateType(ConvertedBase.get());
5569 
5570   enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind contextKind;
5571 
5572   if (IsArrow) {
5573     if (const auto *Ptr = ConvertedBaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5574       ConvertedBaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5575   }
5576 
5577   if (IsArrow) {
5578     contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ArrowMemberAccess;
5579   } else {
5580     if (ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
5581         ConvertedBaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5582       contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess;
5583     } else {
5584       contextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess;
5585     }
5586   }
5587 
5588   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(contextKind, ConvertedBaseType);
5589   CCContext.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
5590   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5591                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
5592                         &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
5593 
5594   auto DoCompletion = [&](Expr *Base, bool IsArrow,
5595                           Optional<FixItHint> AccessOpFixIt) -> bool {
5596     if (!Base)
5597       return false;
5598 
5599     ExprResult ConvertedBase = PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Base, IsArrow);
5600     if (ConvertedBase.isInvalid())
5601       return false;
5602     Base = ConvertedBase.get();
5603 
5604     QualType BaseType = getApproximateType(Base);
5605     if (BaseType.isNull())
5606       return false;
5607     ExprValueKind BaseKind = Base->getValueKind();
5608 
5609     if (IsArrow) {
5610       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5611         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5612         BaseKind = VK_LValue;
5613       } else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
5614                  BaseType->isTemplateTypeParmType()) {
5615         // Both cases (dot/arrow) handled below.
5616       } else {
5617         return false;
5618       }
5619     }
5620 
5621     if (RecordDecl *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType)) {
5622       AddRecordMembersCompletionResults(*this, Results, S, BaseType, BaseKind,
5623                                         RD, std::move(AccessOpFixIt));
5624     } else if (const auto *TTPT =
5625                    dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(BaseType.getTypePtr())) {
5626       auto Operator =
5627           IsArrow ? ConceptInfo::Member::Arrow : ConceptInfo::Member::Dot;
5628       for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
5629         if (R.Operator != Operator)
5630           continue;
5631         CodeCompletionResult Result(
5632             R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5633                      CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo()));
5634         if (AccessOpFixIt)
5635           Result.FixIts.push_back(*AccessOpFixIt);
5636         Results.AddResult(std::move(Result));
5637       }
5638     } else if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5639       // Objective-C property reference. Bail if we're performing fix-it code
5640       // completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by ivars,
5641       // most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
5642       if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) {
5643         return false;
5644       }
5645       AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
5646 
5647       if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
5648               BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
5649         // Add property results based on our interface.
5650         assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!");
5651         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true,
5652                           /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext,
5653                           AddedProperties, Results, IsBaseExprStatement);
5654       }
5655 
5656       // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface.
5657       for (auto *I : BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->quals())
5658         AddObjCProperties(CCContext, I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true,
5659                           CurContext, AddedProperties, Results,
5660                           IsBaseExprStatement, /*IsClassProperty*/ false,
5661                           /*InOriginalClass*/ false);
5662     } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
5663                (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) {
5664       // Objective-C instance variable access. Bail if we're performing fix-it
5665       // code completion since Objective-C properties are normally backed by
5666       // ivars, most Objective-C fix-its here would have little value.
5667       if (AccessOpFixIt.hasValue()) {
5668         return false;
5669       }
5670       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
5671       if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr =
5672               BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
5673         Class = ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl();
5674       else
5675         Class = BaseType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();
5676 
5677       // Add all ivars from this class and its superclasses.
5678       if (Class) {
5679         CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Class, BaseType);
5680         Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsObjCIvar);
5681         LookupVisibleDecls(
5682             Class, LookupMemberName, Consumer, CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5683             /*IncludeDependentBases=*/false, CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5684       }
5685     }
5686 
5687     // FIXME: How do we cope with isa?
5688     return true;
5689   };
5690 
5691   Results.EnterNewScope();
5692 
5693   bool CompletionSucceded = DoCompletion(Base, IsArrow, None);
5694   if (CodeCompleter->includeFixIts()) {
5695     const CharSourceRange OpRange =
5696         CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(OpLoc, OpLoc);
5697     CompletionSucceded |= DoCompletion(
5698         OtherOpBase, !IsArrow,
5699         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, IsArrow ? "." : "->"));
5700   }
5701 
5702   Results.ExitScope();
5703 
5704   if (!CompletionSucceded)
5705     return;
5706 
5707   // Hand off the results found for code completion.
5708   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5709                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5710 }
5711 
5712 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S,
5713                                                 IdentifierInfo &ClassName,
5714                                                 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc,
5715                                                 bool IsBaseExprStatement) {
5716   IdentifierInfo *ClassNamePtr = &ClassName;
5717   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(ClassNamePtr, ClassNameLoc);
5718   if (!IFace)
5719     return;
5720   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(
5721       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCPropertyAccess);
5722   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5723                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext,
5724                         &ResultBuilder::IsMember);
5725   Results.EnterNewScope();
5726   AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
5727   AddObjCProperties(CCContext, IFace, true,
5728                     /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, AddedProperties,
5729                     Results, IsBaseExprStatement,
5730                     /*IsClassProperty=*/true);
5731   Results.ExitScope();
5732   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5733                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5734 }
5735 
5736 void Sema::CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec) {
5737   if (!CodeCompleter)
5738     return;
5739 
5740   ResultBuilder::LookupFilter Filter = nullptr;
5741   enum CodeCompletionContext::Kind ContextKind =
5742       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other;
5743   switch ((DeclSpec::TST)TagSpec) {
5744   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
5745     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsEnum;
5746     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_EnumTag;
5747     break;
5748 
5749   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
5750     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsUnion;
5751     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_UnionTag;
5752     break;
5753 
5754   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
5755   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
5756   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
5757     Filter = &ResultBuilder::IsClassOrStruct;
5758     ContextKind = CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ClassOrStructTag;
5759     break;
5760 
5761   default:
5762     llvm_unreachable("Unknown type specifier kind in CodeCompleteTag");
5763   }
5764 
5765   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5766                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), ContextKind);
5767   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
5768 
5769   // First pass: look for tags.
5770   Results.setFilter(Filter);
5771   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupTagName, Consumer,
5772                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5773                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5774 
5775   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
5776     // Second pass: look for nested name specifiers.
5777     Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
5778     LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, Consumer,
5779                        CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
5780                        CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
5781   }
5782 
5783   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5784                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5785 }
5786 
5787 static void AddTypeQualifierResults(DeclSpec &DS, ResultBuilder &Results,
5788                                     const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
5789   if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const))
5790     Results.AddResult("const");
5791   if (!(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile))
5792     Results.AddResult("volatile");
5793   if (LangOpts.C99 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict))
5794     Results.AddResult("restrict");
5795   if (LangOpts.C11 && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic))
5796     Results.AddResult("_Atomic");
5797   if (LangOpts.MSVCCompat && !(DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned))
5798     Results.AddResult("__unaligned");
5799 }
5800 
5801 void Sema::CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS) {
5802   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5803                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5804                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
5805   Results.EnterNewScope();
5806   AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
5807   Results.ExitScope();
5808   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5809                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5810 }
5811 
5812 void Sema::CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D,
5813                                           const VirtSpecifiers *VS) {
5814   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5815                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5816                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_TypeQualifiers);
5817   Results.EnterNewScope();
5818   AddTypeQualifierResults(DS, Results, LangOpts);
5819   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus11) {
5820     Results.AddResult("noexcept");
5821     if (D.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::Member && !D.isCtorOrDtor() &&
5822         !D.isStaticMember()) {
5823       if (!VS || !VS->isFinalSpecified())
5824         Results.AddResult("final");
5825       if (!VS || !VS->isOverrideSpecified())
5826         Results.AddResult("override");
5827     }
5828   }
5829   Results.ExitScope();
5830   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5831                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5832 }
5833 
5834 void Sema::CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S) {
5835   CodeCompleteExpression(S, QualType(getASTContext().getSizeType()));
5836 }
5837 
5838 void Sema::CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S) {
5839   if (getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty() || !CodeCompleter)
5840     return;
5841 
5842   SwitchStmt *Switch = getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.back().getPointer();
5843   // Condition expression might be invalid, do not continue in this case.
5844   if (!Switch->getCond())
5845     return;
5846   QualType type = Switch->getCond()->IgnoreImplicit()->getType();
5847   if (!type->isEnumeralType()) {
5848     CodeCompleteExpressionData Data(type);
5849     Data.IntegralConstantExpression = true;
5850     CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
5851     return;
5852   }
5853 
5854   // Code-complete the cases of a switch statement over an enumeration type
5855   // by providing the list of
5856   EnumDecl *Enum = type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
5857   if (EnumDecl *Def = Enum->getDefinition())
5858     Enum = Def;
5859 
5860   // Determine which enumerators we have already seen in the switch statement.
5861   // FIXME: Ideally, we would also be able to look *past* the code-completion
5862   // token, in case we are code-completing in the middle of the switch and not
5863   // at the end. However, we aren't able to do so at the moment.
5864   CoveredEnumerators Enumerators;
5865   for (SwitchCase *SC = Switch->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
5866        SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
5867     CaseStmt *Case = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC);
5868     if (!Case)
5869       continue;
5870 
5871     Expr *CaseVal = Case->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
5872     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CaseVal))
5873       if (auto *Enumerator =
5874               dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
5875         // We look into the AST of the case statement to determine which
5876         // enumerator was named. Alternatively, we could compute the value of
5877         // the integral constant expression, then compare it against the
5878         // values of each enumerator. However, value-based approach would not
5879         // work as well with C++ templates where enumerators declared within a
5880         // template are type- and value-dependent.
5881         Enumerators.Seen.insert(Enumerator);
5882 
5883         // If this is a qualified-id, keep track of the nested-name-specifier
5884         // so that we can reproduce it as part of code completion, e.g.,
5885         //
5886         //   switch (TagD.getKind()) {
5887         //     case TagDecl::TK_enum:
5888         //       break;
5889         //     case XXX
5890         //
5891         // At the XXX, our completions are TagDecl::TK_union,
5892         // TagDecl::TK_struct, and TagDecl::TK_class, rather than TK_union,
5893         // TK_struct, and TK_class.
5894         Enumerators.SuggestedQualifier = DRE->getQualifier();
5895       }
5896   }
5897 
5898   // Add any enumerators that have not yet been mentioned.
5899   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
5900                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
5901                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Expression);
5902   AddEnumerators(Results, Context, Enum, CurContext, Enumerators);
5903 
5904   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros()) {
5905     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
5906   }
5907   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
5908                             Results.data(), Results.size());
5909 }
5910 
5911 static bool anyNullArguments(ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
5912   if (Args.size() && !Args.data())
5913     return true;
5914 
5915   for (unsigned I = 0; I != Args.size(); ++I)
5916     if (!Args[I])
5917       return true;
5918 
5919   return false;
5920 }
5921 
5922 typedef CodeCompleteConsumer::OverloadCandidate ResultCandidate;
5923 
5924 static void mergeCandidatesWithResults(
5925     Sema &SemaRef, SmallVectorImpl<ResultCandidate> &Results,
5926     OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, SourceLocation Loc, size_t ArgSize) {
5927   // Sort the overload candidate set by placing the best overloads first.
5928   llvm::stable_sort(CandidateSet, [&](const OverloadCandidate &X,
5929                                       const OverloadCandidate &Y) {
5930     return isBetterOverloadCandidate(SemaRef, X, Y, Loc,
5931                                      CandidateSet.getKind());
5932   });
5933 
5934   // Add the remaining viable overload candidates as code-completion results.
5935   for (OverloadCandidate &Candidate : CandidateSet) {
5936     if (Candidate.Function) {
5937       if (Candidate.Function->isDeleted())
5938         continue;
5939       if (shouldEnforceArgLimit(/*PartialOverloading=*/true,
5940                                 Candidate.Function) &&
5941           Candidate.Function->getNumParams() <= ArgSize &&
5942           // Having zero args is annoying, normally we don't surface a function
5943           // with 2 params, if you already have 2 params, because you are
5944           // inserting the 3rd now. But with zero, it helps the user to figure
5945           // out there are no overloads that take any arguments. Hence we are
5946           // keeping the overload.
5947           ArgSize > 0)
5948         continue;
5949     }
5950     if (Candidate.Viable)
5951       Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(Candidate.Function));
5952   }
5953 }
5954 
5955 /// Get the type of the Nth parameter from a given set of overload
5956 /// candidates.
5957 static QualType getParamType(Sema &SemaRef,
5958                              ArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates, unsigned N) {
5959 
5960   // Given the overloads 'Candidates' for a function call matching all arguments
5961   // up to N, return the type of the Nth parameter if it is the same for all
5962   // overload candidates.
5963   QualType ParamType;
5964   for (auto &Candidate : Candidates) {
5965     QualType CandidateParamType = Candidate.getParamType(N);
5966     if (CandidateParamType.isNull())
5967       continue;
5968     if (ParamType.isNull()) {
5969       ParamType = CandidateParamType;
5970       continue;
5971     }
5972     if (!SemaRef.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
5973             ParamType.getNonReferenceType(),
5974             CandidateParamType.getNonReferenceType()))
5975       // Two conflicting types, give up.
5976       return QualType();
5977   }
5978 
5979   return ParamType;
5980 }
5981 
5982 static QualType
5983 ProduceSignatureHelp(Sema &SemaRef, MutableArrayRef<ResultCandidate> Candidates,
5984                      unsigned CurrentArg, SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
5985                      bool Braced) {
5986   if (Candidates.empty())
5987     return QualType();
5988   if (SemaRef.getPreprocessor().isCodeCompletionReached())
5989     SemaRef.CodeCompleter->ProcessOverloadCandidates(
5990         SemaRef, CurrentArg, Candidates.data(), Candidates.size(), OpenParLoc,
5991         Braced);
5992   return getParamType(SemaRef, Candidates, CurrentArg);
5993 }
5994 
5995 QualType Sema::ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5996                                         SourceLocation OpenParLoc) {
5997   Fn = unwrapParenList(Fn);
5998   if (!CodeCompleter || !Fn)
5999     return QualType();
6000 
6001   // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template functions.
6002   // Ignore type-dependent call expressions entirely.
6003   if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || anyNullArguments(Args))
6004     return QualType();
6005   // In presence of dependent args we surface all possible signatures using the
6006   // non-dependent args in the prefix. Afterwards we do a post filtering to make
6007   // sure provided candidates satisfy parameter count restrictions.
6008   auto ArgsWithoutDependentTypes =
6009       Args.take_while([](Expr *Arg) { return !Arg->isTypeDependent(); });
6010 
6011   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6012 
6013   Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParenCasts();
6014   // Build an overload candidate set based on the functions we find.
6015   SourceLocation Loc = Fn->getExprLoc();
6016   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
6017 
6018   if (auto ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
6019     AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
6020                                 /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6021   } else if (auto UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
6022     TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
6023     if (UME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6024       UME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6025       TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6026     }
6027 
6028     // Add the base as first argument (use a nullptr if the base is implicit).
6029     SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(
6030         1, UME->isImplicitAccess() ? nullptr : UME->getBase());
6031     ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
6032                     ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
6033     UnresolvedSet<8> Decls;
6034     Decls.append(UME->decls_begin(), UME->decls_end());
6035     const bool FirstArgumentIsBase = !UME->isImplicitAccess() && UME->getBase();
6036     AddFunctionCandidates(Decls, ArgExprs, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs,
6037                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6038                           /*PartialOverloading=*/true, FirstArgumentIsBase);
6039   } else {
6040     FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
6041     if (auto *MCE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
6042       FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MCE->getMemberDecl());
6043     else if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
6044       FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
6045     if (FD) { // We check whether it's a resolved function declaration.
6046       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6047           !FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
6048         Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FD));
6049       else
6050         AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, FD->getAccess()),
6051                              ArgsWithoutDependentTypes, CandidateSet,
6052                              /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6053                              /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6054 
6055     } else if (auto DC = NakedFn->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
6056       // If expression's type is CXXRecordDecl, it may overload the function
6057       // call operator, so we check if it does and add them as candidates.
6058       // A complete type is needed to lookup for member function call operators.
6059       if (isCompleteType(Loc, NakedFn->getType())) {
6060         DeclarationName OpName =
6061             Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
6062         LookupResult R(*this, OpName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
6063         LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
6064         R.suppressDiagnostics();
6065         SmallVector<Expr *, 12> ArgExprs(1, NakedFn);
6066         ArgExprs.append(ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.begin(),
6067                         ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.end());
6068         AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), ArgExprs, CandidateSet,
6069                               /*ExplicitArgs=*/nullptr,
6070                               /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6071                               /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6072       }
6073     } else {
6074       // Lastly we check whether expression's type is function pointer or
6075       // function.
6076       QualType T = NakedFn->getType();
6077       if (!T->getPointeeType().isNull())
6078         T = T->getPointeeType();
6079 
6080       if (auto FP = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6081         if (!TooManyArguments(FP->getNumParams(),
6082                               ArgsWithoutDependentTypes.size(),
6083                               /*PartialOverloading=*/true) ||
6084             FP->isVariadic())
6085           Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FP));
6086       } else if (auto FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>())
6087         // No prototype and declaration, it may be a K & R style function.
6088         Results.push_back(ResultCandidate(FT));
6089     }
6090   }
6091   mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
6092   QualType ParamType = ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(),
6093                                             OpenParLoc, /*Braced=*/false);
6094   return !CandidateSet.empty() ? ParamType : QualType();
6095 }
6096 
6097 // Determine which param to continue aggregate initialization from after
6098 // a designated initializer.
6099 //
6100 // Given struct S { int a,b,c,d,e; }:
6101 //   after `S{.b=1,`       we want to suggest c to continue
6102 //   after `S{.b=1, 2,`    we continue with d (this is legal C and ext in C++)
6103 //   after `S{.b=1, .a=2,` we continue with b (this is legal C and ext in C++)
6104 //
6105 // Possible outcomes:
6106 //   - we saw a designator for a field, and continue from the returned index.
6107 //     Only aggregate initialization is allowed.
6108 //   - we saw a designator, but it was complex or we couldn't find the field.
6109 //     Only aggregate initialization is possible, but we can't assist with it.
6110 //     Returns an out-of-range index.
6111 //   - we saw no designators, just positional arguments.
6112 //     Returns None.
6113 static llvm::Optional<unsigned>
6114 getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(const ResultCandidate &Aggregate,
6115                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
6116   static constexpr unsigned Invalid = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
6117   assert(Aggregate.getKind() == ResultCandidate::CK_Aggregate);
6118 
6119   // Look for designated initializers.
6120   // They're in their syntactic form, not yet resolved to fields.
6121   IdentifierInfo *DesignatedFieldName = nullptr;
6122   unsigned ArgsAfterDesignator = 0;
6123   for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
6124     if (const auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Arg)) {
6125       if (DIE->size() == 1 && DIE->getDesignator(0)->isFieldDesignator()) {
6126         DesignatedFieldName = DIE->getDesignator(0)->getFieldName();
6127         ArgsAfterDesignator = 0;
6128       } else {
6129         return Invalid; // Complicated designator.
6130       }
6131     } else if (isa<DesignatedInitUpdateExpr>(Arg)) {
6132       return Invalid; // Unsupported.
6133     } else {
6134       ++ArgsAfterDesignator;
6135     }
6136   }
6137   if (!DesignatedFieldName)
6138     return llvm::None;
6139 
6140   // Find the index within the class's fields.
6141   // (Probing getParamDecl() directly would be quadratic in number of fields).
6142   unsigned DesignatedIndex = 0;
6143   const FieldDecl *DesignatedField = nullptr;
6144   for (const auto *Field : Aggregate.getAggregate()->fields()) {
6145     if (Field->getIdentifier() == DesignatedFieldName) {
6146       DesignatedField = Field;
6147       break;
6148     }
6149     ++DesignatedIndex;
6150   }
6151   if (!DesignatedField)
6152     return Invalid; // Designator referred to a missing field, give up.
6153 
6154   // Find the index within the aggregate (which may have leading bases).
6155   unsigned AggregateSize = Aggregate.getNumParams();
6156   while (DesignatedIndex < AggregateSize &&
6157          Aggregate.getParamDecl(DesignatedIndex) != DesignatedField)
6158     ++DesignatedIndex;
6159 
6160   // Continue from the index after the last named field.
6161   return DesignatedIndex + ArgsAfterDesignator + 1;
6162 }
6163 
6164 QualType Sema::ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(QualType Type,
6165                                                SourceLocation Loc,
6166                                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6167                                                SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
6168                                                bool Braced) {
6169   if (!CodeCompleter)
6170     return QualType();
6171   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6172 
6173   // A complete type is needed to lookup for constructors.
6174   RecordDecl *RD =
6175       isCompleteType(Loc, Type) ? Type->getAsRecordDecl() : nullptr;
6176   if (!RD)
6177     return Type;
6178   CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
6179 
6180   // Consider aggregate initialization.
6181   // We don't check that types so far are correct.
6182   // We also don't handle C99/C++17 brace-elision, we assume init-list elements
6183   // are 1:1 with fields.
6184   // FIXME: it would be nice to support "unwrapping" aggregates that contain
6185   // a single subaggregate, like std::array<T, N> -> T __elements[N].
6186   if (Braced && !RD->isUnion() &&
6187       (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus || (CRD && CRD->isAggregate()))) {
6188     ResultCandidate AggregateSig(RD);
6189     unsigned AggregateSize = AggregateSig.getNumParams();
6190 
6191     if (auto NextIndex =
6192             getNextAggregateIndexAfterDesignatedInit(AggregateSig, Args)) {
6193       // A designator was used, only aggregate init is possible.
6194       if (*NextIndex >= AggregateSize)
6195         return Type;
6196       Results.push_back(AggregateSig);
6197       return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, *NextIndex, OpenParLoc,
6198                                   Braced);
6199     }
6200 
6201     // Describe aggregate initialization, but also constructors below.
6202     if (Args.size() < AggregateSize)
6203       Results.push_back(AggregateSig);
6204   }
6205 
6206   // FIXME: Provide support for member initializers.
6207   // FIXME: Provide support for variadic template constructors.
6208 
6209   if (CRD) {
6210     OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
6211     for (NamedDecl *C : LookupConstructors(CRD)) {
6212       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(C)) {
6213         // FIXME: we can't yet provide correct signature help for initializer
6214         //        list constructors, so skip them entirely.
6215         if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus && isInitListConstructor(FD))
6216           continue;
6217         AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, C->getAccess()), Args,
6218                              CandidateSet,
6219                              /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6220                              /*PartialOverloading=*/true,
6221                              /*AllowExplicit*/ true);
6222       } else if (auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(C)) {
6223         if (Braced && LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
6224             isInitListConstructor(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()))
6225           continue;
6226 
6227         AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
6228             FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, C->getAccess()),
6229             /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, CandidateSet,
6230             /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
6231             /*PartialOverloading=*/true);
6232       }
6233     }
6234     mergeCandidatesWithResults(*this, Results, CandidateSet, Loc, Args.size());
6235   }
6236 
6237   return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(), OpenParLoc, Braced);
6238 }
6239 
6240 QualType Sema::ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(
6241     Decl *ConstructorDecl, CXXScopeSpec SS, ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
6242     ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation OpenParLoc,
6243     bool Braced) {
6244   if (!CodeCompleter)
6245     return QualType();
6246 
6247   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
6248       dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorDecl);
6249   if (!Constructor)
6250     return QualType();
6251   // FIXME: Add support for Base class constructors as well.
6252   if (ValueDecl *MemberDecl = tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(
6253           Constructor->getParent(), SS, TemplateTypeTy, II))
6254     return ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(MemberDecl->getType(),
6255                                            MemberDecl->getLocation(), ArgExprs,
6256                                            OpenParLoc, Braced);
6257   return QualType();
6258 }
6259 
6260 static bool argMatchesTemplateParams(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6261                                      unsigned Index,
6262                                      const TemplateParameterList &Params) {
6263   const NamedDecl *Param;
6264   if (Index < Params.size())
6265     Param = Params.getParam(Index);
6266   else if (Params.hasParameterPack())
6267     Param = Params.asArray().back();
6268   else
6269     return false; // too many args
6270 
6271   switch (Arg.getKind()) {
6272   case ParsedTemplateArgument::Type:
6273     return llvm::isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Param); // constraints not checked
6274   case ParsedTemplateArgument::NonType:
6275     return llvm::isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param); // type not checked
6276   case ParsedTemplateArgument::Template:
6277     return llvm::isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param); // signature not checked
6278   }
6279   llvm_unreachable("Unhandled switch case");
6280 }
6281 
6282 QualType Sema::ProduceTemplateArgumentSignatureHelp(
6283     TemplateTy ParsedTemplate, ArrayRef<ParsedTemplateArgument> Args,
6284     SourceLocation LAngleLoc) {
6285   if (!CodeCompleter || !ParsedTemplate)
6286     return QualType();
6287 
6288   SmallVector<ResultCandidate, 8> Results;
6289   auto Consider = [&](const TemplateDecl *TD) {
6290     // Only add if the existing args are compatible with the template.
6291     bool Matches = true;
6292     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Args.size(); ++I) {
6293       if (!argMatchesTemplateParams(Args[I], I, *TD->getTemplateParameters())) {
6294         Matches = false;
6295         break;
6296       }
6297     }
6298     if (Matches)
6299       Results.emplace_back(TD);
6300   };
6301 
6302   TemplateName Template = ParsedTemplate.get();
6303   if (const auto *TD = Template.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
6304     Consider(TD);
6305   } else if (const auto *OTS = Template.getAsOverloadedTemplate()) {
6306     for (const NamedDecl *ND : *OTS)
6307       if (const auto *TD = llvm::dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
6308         Consider(TD);
6309   }
6310   return ProduceSignatureHelp(*this, Results, Args.size(), LAngleLoc,
6311                               /*Braced=*/false);
6312 }
6313 
6314 static QualType getDesignatedType(QualType BaseType, const Designation &Desig) {
6315   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Desig.getNumDesignators(); ++I) {
6316     if (BaseType.isNull())
6317       break;
6318     QualType NextType;
6319     const auto &D = Desig.getDesignator(I);
6320     if (D.isArrayDesignator() || D.isArrayRangeDesignator()) {
6321       if (BaseType->isArrayType())
6322         NextType = BaseType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
6323     } else {
6324       assert(D.isFieldDesignator());
6325       auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
6326       if (RD && RD->isCompleteDefinition()) {
6327         for (const auto *Member : RD->lookup(D.getField()))
6328           if (const FieldDecl *FD = llvm::dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
6329             NextType = FD->getType();
6330             break;
6331           }
6332       }
6333     }
6334     BaseType = NextType;
6335   }
6336   return BaseType;
6337 }
6338 
6339 void Sema::CodeCompleteDesignator(QualType BaseType,
6340                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs,
6341                                   const Designation &D) {
6342   BaseType = getDesignatedType(BaseType, D);
6343   if (BaseType.isNull())
6344     return;
6345   const auto *RD = getAsRecordDecl(BaseType);
6346   if (!RD || RD->fields().empty())
6347     return;
6348 
6349   CodeCompletionContext CCC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_DotMemberAccess,
6350                             BaseType);
6351   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6352                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCC);
6353 
6354   Results.EnterNewScope();
6355   for (const Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
6356     const FieldDecl *FD;
6357     if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D))
6358       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
6359     else if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
6360       FD = DFD;
6361     else
6362       continue;
6363 
6364     // FIXME: Make use of previous designators to mark any fields before those
6365     // inaccessible, and also compute the next initializer priority.
6366     ResultBuilder::Result Result(FD, Results.getBasePriority(FD));
6367     Results.AddResult(Result, CurContext, /*Hiding=*/nullptr);
6368   }
6369   Results.ExitScope();
6370   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6371                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6372 }
6373 
6374 void Sema::CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D) {
6375   ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
6376   if (!VD) {
6377     CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
6378     return;
6379   }
6380 
6381   CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
6382   Data.PreferredType = VD->getType();
6383   // Ignore VD to avoid completing the variable itself, e.g. in 'int foo = ^'.
6384   Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(VD);
6385 
6386   CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
6387 }
6388 
6389 void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen) {
6390   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6391                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6392                         mapCodeCompletionContext(*this, PCC_Statement));
6393   Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryName);
6394   Results.EnterNewScope();
6395 
6396   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6397   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6398                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6399                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6400 
6401   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Statement, S, *this, Results);
6402 
6403   // "else" block
6404   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6405                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6406 
6407   auto AddElseBodyPattern = [&] {
6408     if (IsBracedThen) {
6409       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6410       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
6411       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6412       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
6413       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6414       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
6415     } else {
6416       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
6417       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6418       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statement");
6419       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
6420     }
6421   };
6422   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
6423   if (Results.includeCodePatterns())
6424     AddElseBodyPattern();
6425   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
6426 
6427   // "else if" block
6428   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else if");
6429   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6430   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6431   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6432     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
6433   else
6434     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
6435   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6436   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
6437     AddElseBodyPattern();
6438   }
6439   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
6440 
6441   Results.ExitScope();
6442 
6443   if (S->getFnParent())
6444     AddPrettyFunctionResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
6445 
6446   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
6447     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
6448 
6449   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6450                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6451 }
6452 
6453 void Sema::CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6454                                    bool EnteringContext,
6455                                    bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType,
6456                                    QualType PreferredType) {
6457   if (SS.isEmpty() || !CodeCompleter)
6458     return;
6459 
6460   CodeCompletionContext CC(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol, PreferredType);
6461   CC.setIsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDeclaration);
6462   CC.setCXXScopeSpecifier(SS);
6463 
6464   // We want to keep the scope specifier even if it's invalid (e.g. the scope
6465   // "a::b::" is not corresponding to any context/namespace in the AST), since
6466   // it can be useful for global code completion which have information about
6467   // contexts/symbols that are not in the AST.
6468   if (SS.isInvalid()) {
6469     // As SS is invalid, we try to collect accessible contexts from the current
6470     // scope with a dummy lookup so that the completion consumer can try to
6471     // guess what the specified scope is.
6472     ResultBuilder DummyResults(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6473                                CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
6474     if (!PreferredType.isNull())
6475       DummyResults.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
6476     if (S->getEntity()) {
6477       CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(DummyResults, S->getEntity(),
6478                                           BaseType);
6479       LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6480                          /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/false,
6481                          /*LoadExternal=*/false);
6482     }
6483     HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
6484                               DummyResults.getCompletionContext(), nullptr, 0);
6485     return;
6486   }
6487   // Always pretend to enter a context to ensure that a dependent type
6488   // resolves to a dependent record.
6489   DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, /*EnteringContext=*/true);
6490 
6491   // Try to instantiate any non-dependent declaration contexts before
6492   // we look in them. Bail out if we fail.
6493   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
6494   if (NNS != nullptr && SS.isValid() && !NNS->isDependent()) {
6495     if (Ctx == nullptr || RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, Ctx))
6496       return;
6497   }
6498 
6499   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6500                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CC);
6501   if (!PreferredType.isNull())
6502     Results.setPreferredType(PreferredType);
6503   Results.EnterNewScope();
6504 
6505   // The "template" keyword can follow "::" in the grammar, but only
6506   // put it into the grammar if the nested-name-specifier is dependent.
6507   // FIXME: results is always empty, this appears to be dead.
6508   if (!Results.empty() && NNS->isDependent())
6509     Results.AddResult("template");
6510 
6511   // If the scope is a concept-constrained type parameter, infer nested
6512   // members based on the constraints.
6513   if (const auto *TTPT =
6514           dyn_cast_or_null<TemplateTypeParmType>(NNS->getAsType())) {
6515     for (const auto &R : ConceptInfo(*TTPT, S).members()) {
6516       if (R.Operator != ConceptInfo::Member::Colons)
6517         continue;
6518       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
6519           R.render(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6520                    CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo())));
6521     }
6522   }
6523 
6524   // Add calls to overridden virtual functions, if there are any.
6525   //
6526   // FIXME: This isn't wonderful, because we don't know whether we're actually
6527   // in a context that permits expressions. This is a general issue with
6528   // qualified-id completions.
6529   if (Ctx && !EnteringContext)
6530     MaybeAddOverrideCalls(*this, Ctx, Results);
6531   Results.ExitScope();
6532 
6533   if (Ctx &&
6534       (CodeCompleter->includeNamespaceLevelDecls() || !Ctx->isFileContext())) {
6535     CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, Ctx, BaseType);
6536     LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6537                        /*IncludeGlobalScope=*/true,
6538                        /*IncludeDependentBases=*/true,
6539                        CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6540   }
6541 
6542   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6543                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6544 }
6545 
6546 void Sema::CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S) {
6547   if (!CodeCompleter)
6548     return;
6549 
6550   // This can be both a using alias or using declaration, in the former we
6551   // expect a new name and a symbol in the latter case.
6552   CodeCompletionContext Context(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SymbolOrNewName);
6553   Context.setIsUsingDeclaration(true);
6554 
6555   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6556                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), Context,
6557                         &ResultBuilder::IsNestedNameSpecifier);
6558   Results.EnterNewScope();
6559 
6560   // If we aren't in class scope, we could see the "namespace" keyword.
6561   if (!S->isClassScope())
6562     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("namespace"));
6563 
6564   // After "using", we can see anything that would start a
6565   // nested-name-specifier.
6566   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6567   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6568                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6569                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6570   Results.ExitScope();
6571 
6572   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6573                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6574 }
6575 
6576 void Sema::CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S) {
6577   if (!CodeCompleter)
6578     return;
6579 
6580   // After "using namespace", we expect to see a namespace name or namespace
6581   // alias.
6582   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6583                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6584                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
6585                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
6586   Results.EnterNewScope();
6587   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6588   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6589                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6590                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6591   Results.ExitScope();
6592   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6593                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6594 }
6595 
6596 void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S) {
6597   if (!CodeCompleter)
6598     return;
6599 
6600   DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
6601   if (!S->getParent())
6602     Ctx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
6603 
6604   bool SuppressedGlobalResults =
6605       Ctx && !CodeCompleter->includeGlobals() && isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx);
6606 
6607   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6608                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6609                         SuppressedGlobalResults
6610                             ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace
6611                             : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other,
6612                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespace);
6613 
6614   if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext() && !SuppressedGlobalResults) {
6615     // We only want to see those namespaces that have already been defined
6616     // within this scope, because its likely that the user is creating an
6617     // extended namespace declaration. Keep track of the most recent
6618     // definition of each namespace.
6619     std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *> OrigToLatest;
6620     for (DeclContext::specific_decl_iterator<NamespaceDecl>
6621              NS(Ctx->decls_begin()),
6622          NSEnd(Ctx->decls_end());
6623          NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
6624       OrigToLatest[NS->getOriginalNamespace()] = *NS;
6625 
6626     // Add the most recent definition (or extended definition) of each
6627     // namespace to the list of results.
6628     Results.EnterNewScope();
6629     for (std::map<NamespaceDecl *, NamespaceDecl *>::iterator
6630              NS = OrigToLatest.begin(),
6631              NSEnd = OrigToLatest.end();
6632          NS != NSEnd; ++NS)
6633       Results.AddResult(
6634           CodeCompletionResult(NS->second, Results.getBasePriority(NS->second),
6635                                nullptr),
6636           CurContext, nullptr, false);
6637     Results.ExitScope();
6638   }
6639 
6640   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6641                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6642 }
6643 
6644 void Sema::CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S) {
6645   if (!CodeCompleter)
6646     return;
6647 
6648   // After "namespace", we expect to see a namespace or alias.
6649   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6650                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6651                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Namespace,
6652                         &ResultBuilder::IsNamespaceOrAlias);
6653   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6654   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6655                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6656                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6657   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6658                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6659 }
6660 
6661 void Sema::CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S) {
6662   if (!CodeCompleter)
6663     return;
6664 
6665   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6666   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6667                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6668                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type,
6669                         &ResultBuilder::IsType);
6670   Results.EnterNewScope();
6671 
6672   // Add the names of overloadable operators. Note that OO_Conditional is not
6673   // actually overloadable.
6674 #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly)  \
6675   if (OO_##Name != OO_Conditional)                                             \
6676     Results.AddResult(Result(Spelling));
6677 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def"
6678 
6679   // Add any type names visible from the current scope
6680   Results.allowNestedNameSpecifiers();
6681   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
6682   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
6683                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
6684                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
6685 
6686   // Add any type specifiers
6687   AddTypeSpecifierResults(getLangOpts(), Results);
6688   Results.ExitScope();
6689 
6690   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6691                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6692 }
6693 
6694 void Sema::CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
6695     Decl *ConstructorD, ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers) {
6696   if (!ConstructorD)
6697     return;
6698 
6699   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(ConstructorD);
6700 
6701   auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorD);
6702   if (!Constructor)
6703     return;
6704 
6705   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6706                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6707                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Symbol);
6708   Results.EnterNewScope();
6709 
6710   // Fill in any already-initialized fields or base classes.
6711   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 4> InitializedFields;
6712   llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> InitializedBases;
6713   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Initializers.size(); I != E; ++I) {
6714     if (Initializers[I]->isBaseInitializer())
6715       InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(
6716           QualType(Initializers[I]->getBaseClass(), 0)));
6717     else
6718       InitializedFields.insert(
6719           cast<FieldDecl>(Initializers[I]->getAnyMember()));
6720   }
6721 
6722   // Add completions for base classes.
6723   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
6724   bool SawLastInitializer = Initializers.empty();
6725   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent();
6726 
6727   auto GenerateCCS = [&](const NamedDecl *ND, const char *Name) {
6728     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6729                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6730     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
6731     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6732     if (const auto *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND))
6733       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, Function, Builder);
6734     else if (const auto *FunTemplDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
6735       AddFunctionParameterChunks(PP, Policy, FunTemplDecl->getTemplatedDecl(),
6736                                  Builder);
6737     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6738     return Builder.TakeString();
6739   };
6740   auto AddDefaultCtorInit = [&](const char *Name, const char *Type,
6741                                 const NamedDecl *ND) {
6742     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6743                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6744     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Name);
6745     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
6746     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Type);
6747     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
6748     if (ND) {
6749       auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(
6750           Builder.TakeString(), ND,
6751           SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration);
6752       if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND))
6753         CCR.CursorKind = CXCursor_MemberRef;
6754       return Results.AddResult(CCR);
6755     }
6756     return Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
6757         Builder.TakeString(),
6758         SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration));
6759   };
6760   auto AddCtorsWithName = [&](const CXXRecordDecl *RD, unsigned int Priority,
6761                               const char *Name, const FieldDecl *FD) {
6762     if (!RD)
6763       return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name,
6764                                 FD ? Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
6765                                          FD->getType().getAsString(Policy))
6766                                    : Name,
6767                                 FD);
6768     auto Ctors = getConstructors(Context, RD);
6769     if (Ctors.begin() == Ctors.end())
6770       return AddDefaultCtorInit(Name, Name, RD);
6771     for (const NamedDecl *Ctor : Ctors) {
6772       auto CCR = CodeCompletionResult(GenerateCCS(Ctor, Name), RD, Priority);
6773       CCR.CursorKind = getCursorKindForDecl(Ctor);
6774       Results.AddResult(CCR);
6775     }
6776   };
6777   auto AddBase = [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base) {
6778     const char *BaseName =
6779         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Base.getType().getAsString(Policy));
6780     const auto *RD = Base.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6781     AddCtorsWithName(
6782         RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
6783         BaseName, nullptr);
6784   };
6785   auto AddField = [&](const FieldDecl *FD) {
6786     const char *FieldName =
6787         Results.getAllocator().CopyString(FD->getIdentifier()->getName());
6788     const CXXRecordDecl *RD = FD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6789     AddCtorsWithName(
6790         RD, SawLastInitializer ? CCP_NextInitializer : CCP_MemberDeclaration,
6791         FieldName, FD);
6792   };
6793 
6794   for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->bases()) {
6795     if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
6796              .second) {
6797       SawLastInitializer =
6798           !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
6799           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
6800               Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
6801       continue;
6802     }
6803 
6804     AddBase(Base);
6805     SawLastInitializer = false;
6806   }
6807 
6808   // Add completions for virtual base classes.
6809   for (const auto &Base : ClassDecl->vbases()) {
6810     if (!InitializedBases.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(Base.getType()))
6811              .second) {
6812       SawLastInitializer =
6813           !Initializers.empty() && Initializers.back()->isBaseInitializer() &&
6814           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
6815               Base.getType(), QualType(Initializers.back()->getBaseClass(), 0));
6816       continue;
6817     }
6818 
6819     AddBase(Base);
6820     SawLastInitializer = false;
6821   }
6822 
6823   // Add completions for members.
6824   for (auto *Field : ClassDecl->fields()) {
6825     if (!InitializedFields.insert(cast<FieldDecl>(Field->getCanonicalDecl()))
6826              .second) {
6827       SawLastInitializer = !Initializers.empty() &&
6828                            Initializers.back()->isAnyMemberInitializer() &&
6829                            Initializers.back()->getAnyMember() == Field;
6830       continue;
6831     }
6832 
6833     if (!Field->getDeclName())
6834       continue;
6835 
6836     AddField(Field);
6837     SawLastInitializer = false;
6838   }
6839   Results.ExitScope();
6840 
6841   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6842                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6843 }
6844 
6845 /// Determine whether this scope denotes a namespace.
6846 static bool isNamespaceScope(Scope *S) {
6847   DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
6848   if (!DC)
6849     return false;
6850 
6851   return DC->isFileContext();
6852 }
6853 
6854 void Sema::CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
6855                                         bool AfterAmpersand) {
6856   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6857                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6858                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
6859   Results.EnterNewScope();
6860 
6861   // Note what has already been captured.
6862   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Known;
6863   bool IncludedThis = false;
6864   for (const auto &C : Intro.Captures) {
6865     if (C.Kind == LCK_This) {
6866       IncludedThis = true;
6867       continue;
6868     }
6869 
6870     Known.insert(C.Id);
6871   }
6872 
6873   // Look for other capturable variables.
6874   for (; S && !isNamespaceScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
6875     for (const auto *D : S->decls()) {
6876       const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6877       if (!Var || !Var->hasLocalStorage() || Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6878         continue;
6879 
6880       if (Known.insert(Var->getIdentifier()).second)
6881         Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Var, CCP_LocalDeclaration),
6882                           CurContext, nullptr, false);
6883     }
6884   }
6885 
6886   // Add 'this', if it would be valid.
6887   if (!IncludedThis && !AfterAmpersand && Intro.Default != LCD_ByCopy)
6888     addThisCompletion(*this, Results);
6889 
6890   Results.ExitScope();
6891 
6892   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6893                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6894 }
6895 
6896 void Sema::CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D) {
6897   if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus11)
6898     return;
6899   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
6900                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
6901                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
6902   auto ShouldAddDefault = [&D, this]() {
6903     if (!D.isFunctionDeclarator())
6904       return false;
6905     auto &Id = D.getName();
6906     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName)
6907       return true;
6908     // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the constructor parameter list to
6909     // verify that it is the default, copy or move constructor?
6910     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName &&
6911         D.getFunctionTypeInfo().NumParams <= 1)
6912       return true;
6913     if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId) {
6914       auto Op = Id.OperatorFunctionId.Operator;
6915       // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should check the function parameter list to
6916       // verify that it is the copy or move assignment?
6917       if (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Equal)
6918         return true;
6919       if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 &&
6920           (Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_EqualEqual ||
6921            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_ExclaimEqual ||
6922            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Less ||
6923            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_LessEqual ||
6924            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Greater ||
6925            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_GreaterEqual ||
6926            Op == OverloadedOperatorKind::OO_Spaceship))
6927         return true;
6928     }
6929     return false;
6930   };
6931 
6932   Results.EnterNewScope();
6933   if (ShouldAddDefault())
6934     Results.AddResult("default");
6935   // FIXME(liuhui): Ideally, we should only provide `delete` completion for the
6936   // first function declaration.
6937   Results.AddResult("delete");
6938   Results.ExitScope();
6939   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
6940                             Results.data(), Results.size());
6941 }
6942 
6943 /// Macro that optionally prepends an "@" to the string literal passed in via
6944 /// Keyword, depending on whether NeedAt is true or false.
6945 #define OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, Keyword) ((NeedAt) ? "@" Keyword : Keyword)
6946 
6947 static void AddObjCImplementationResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
6948                                          ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
6949   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6950   // Since we have an implementation, we can end it.
6951   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")));
6952 
6953   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6954                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6955   if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
6956     // @dynamic
6957     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "dynamic"));
6958     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6959     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
6960     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
6961 
6962     // @synthesize
6963     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synthesize"));
6964     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6965     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("property");
6966     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
6967   }
6968 }
6969 
6970 static void AddObjCInterfaceResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
6971                                     ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
6972   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6973 
6974   // Since we have an interface or protocol, we can end it.
6975   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "end")));
6976 
6977   if (LangOpts.ObjC) {
6978     // @property
6979     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "property")));
6980 
6981     // @required
6982     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "required")));
6983 
6984     // @optional
6985     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "optional")));
6986   }
6987 }
6988 
6989 static void AddObjCTopLevelResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
6990   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
6991   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
6992                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
6993 
6994   // @class name ;
6995   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "class"));
6996   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
6997   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("name");
6998   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
6999 
7000   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7001     // @interface name
7002     // FIXME: Could introduce the whole pattern, including superclasses and
7003     // such.
7004     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "interface"));
7005     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7006     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7007     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7008 
7009     // @protocol name
7010     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol"));
7011     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7012     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol");
7013     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7014 
7015     // @implementation name
7016     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "implementation"));
7017     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7018     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7019     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7020   }
7021 
7022   // @compatibility_alias name
7023   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7024       OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "compatibility_alias"));
7025   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7026   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("alias");
7027   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7028   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("class");
7029   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7030 
7031   if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().Modules) {
7032     // @import name
7033     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "import"));
7034     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7035     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("module");
7036     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7037   }
7038 }
7039 
7040 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S) {
7041   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7042                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7043                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7044   Results.EnterNewScope();
7045   if (isa<ObjCImplDecl>(CurContext))
7046     AddObjCImplementationResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7047   else if (CurContext->isObjCContainer())
7048     AddObjCInterfaceResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7049   else
7050     AddObjCTopLevelResults(Results, false);
7051   Results.ExitScope();
7052   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7053                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7054 }
7055 
7056 static void AddObjCExpressionResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7057   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7058   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7059                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7060 
7061   // @encode ( type-name )
7062   const char *EncodeType = "char[]";
7063   if (Results.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
7064       Results.getSema().getLangOpts().ConstStrings)
7065     EncodeType = "const char[]";
7066   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(EncodeType);
7067   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "encode"));
7068   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7069   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("type-name");
7070   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7071   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7072 
7073   // @protocol ( protocol-name )
7074   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("Protocol *");
7075   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protocol"));
7076   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7077   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("protocol-name");
7078   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7079   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7080 
7081   // @selector ( selector )
7082   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("SEL");
7083   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "selector"));
7084   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7085   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
7086   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7087   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7088 
7089   // @"string"
7090   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSString *");
7091   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "\""));
7092   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("string");
7093   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
7094   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7095 
7096   // @[objects, ...]
7097   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSArray *");
7098   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "["));
7099   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("objects, ...");
7100   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBracket);
7101   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7102 
7103   // @{key : object, ...}
7104   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("NSDictionary *");
7105   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "{"));
7106   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("key");
7107   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
7108   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7109   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object, ...");
7110   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7111   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7112 
7113   // @(expression)
7114   Builder.AddResultTypeChunk("id");
7115   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "("));
7116   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7117   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7118   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7119 }
7120 
7121 static void AddObjCStatementResults(ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7122   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7123   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7124                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7125 
7126   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7127     // @try { statements } @catch ( declaration ) { statements } @finally
7128     //   { statements }
7129     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "try"));
7130     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7131     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7132     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7133     Builder.AddTextChunk("@catch");
7134     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7135     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("parameter");
7136     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7137     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7138     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7139     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7140     Builder.AddTextChunk("@finally");
7141     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7142     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7143     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7144     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7145   }
7146 
7147   // @throw
7148   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "throw"));
7149   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7150   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7151   Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7152 
7153   if (Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
7154     // @synchronized ( expression ) { statements }
7155     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "synchronized"));
7156     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7157     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7158     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
7159     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7160     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
7161     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
7162     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
7163     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString()));
7164   }
7165 }
7166 
7167 static void AddObjCVisibilityResults(const LangOptions &LangOpts,
7168                                      ResultBuilder &Results, bool NeedAt) {
7169   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7170   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "private")));
7171   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "protected")));
7172   Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "public")));
7173   if (LangOpts.ObjC)
7174     Results.AddResult(Result(OBJC_AT_KEYWORD_NAME(NeedAt, "package")));
7175 }
7176 
7177 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S) {
7178   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7179                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7180                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7181   Results.EnterNewScope();
7182   AddObjCVisibilityResults(getLangOpts(), Results, false);
7183   Results.ExitScope();
7184   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7185                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7186 }
7187 
7188 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S) {
7189   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7190                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7191                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7192   Results.EnterNewScope();
7193   AddObjCStatementResults(Results, false);
7194   AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
7195   Results.ExitScope();
7196   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7197                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7198 }
7199 
7200 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S) {
7201   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7202                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7203                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7204   Results.EnterNewScope();
7205   AddObjCExpressionResults(Results, false);
7206   Results.ExitScope();
7207   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7208                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7209 }
7210 
7211 /// Determine whether the addition of the given flag to an Objective-C
7212 /// property's attributes will cause a conflict.
7213 static bool ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(unsigned Attributes, unsigned NewFlag) {
7214   // Check if we've already added this flag.
7215   if (Attributes & NewFlag)
7216     return true;
7217 
7218   Attributes |= NewFlag;
7219 
7220   // Check for collisions with "readonly".
7221   if ((Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly) &&
7222       (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
7223     return true;
7224 
7225   // Check for more than one of { assign, copy, retain, strong, weak }.
7226   unsigned AssignCopyRetMask =
7227       Attributes &
7228       (ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign |
7229        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained |
7230        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain |
7231        ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak);
7232   if (AssignCopyRetMask &&
7233       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign &&
7234       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained &&
7235       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy &&
7236       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain &&
7237       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong &&
7238       AssignCopyRetMask != ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak)
7239     return true;
7240 
7241   return false;
7242 }
7243 
7244 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) {
7245   if (!CodeCompleter)
7246     return;
7247 
7248   unsigned Attributes = ODS.getPropertyAttributes();
7249 
7250   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7251                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7252                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7253   Results.EnterNewScope();
7254   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7255                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly))
7256     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readonly"));
7257   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7258                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign))
7259     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("assign"));
7260   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7261                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_unsafe_unretained))
7262     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("unsafe_unretained"));
7263   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7264                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite))
7265     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("readwrite"));
7266   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7267                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain))
7268     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("retain"));
7269   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7270                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_strong))
7271     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("strong"));
7272   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy))
7273     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy"));
7274   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7275                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic))
7276     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic"));
7277   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7278                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_atomic))
7279     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic"));
7280 
7281   // Only suggest "weak" if we're compiling for ARC-with-weak-references or GC.
7282   if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak || getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7283     if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7284                                    ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak))
7285       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("weak"));
7286 
7287   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7288                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter)) {
7289     CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator(),
7290                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7291     Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter");
7292     Setter.AddTextChunk("=");
7293     Setter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
7294     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Setter.TakeString()));
7295   }
7296   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7297                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter)) {
7298     CodeCompletionBuilder Getter(Results.getAllocator(),
7299                                  Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7300     Getter.AddTypedTextChunk("getter");
7301     Getter.AddTextChunk("=");
7302     Getter.AddPlaceholderChunk("method");
7303     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Getter.TakeString()));
7304   }
7305   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes,
7306                                  ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability)) {
7307     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonnull"));
7308     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nullable"));
7309     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_unspecified"));
7310     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("null_resettable"));
7311   }
7312   Results.ExitScope();
7313   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7314                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7315 }
7316 
7317 /// Describes the kind of Objective-C method that we want to find
7318 /// via code completion.
7319 enum ObjCMethodKind {
7320   MK_Any, ///< Any kind of method, provided it means other specified criteria.
7321   MK_ZeroArgSelector, ///< Zero-argument (unary) selector.
7322   MK_OneArgSelector   ///< One-argument selector.
7323 };
7324 
7325 static bool isAcceptableObjCSelector(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7326                                      ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7327                                      bool AllowSameLength = true) {
7328   unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
7329   if (NumSelIdents > Sel.getNumArgs())
7330     return false;
7331 
7332   switch (WantKind) {
7333   case MK_Any:
7334     break;
7335   case MK_ZeroArgSelector:
7336     return Sel.isUnarySelector();
7337   case MK_OneArgSelector:
7338     return Sel.getNumArgs() == 1;
7339   }
7340 
7341   if (!AllowSameLength && NumSelIdents && NumSelIdents == Sel.getNumArgs())
7342     return false;
7343 
7344   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumSelIdents; ++I)
7345     if (SelIdents[I] != Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(I))
7346       return false;
7347 
7348   return true;
7349 }
7350 
7351 static bool isAcceptableObjCMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7352                                    ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7353                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7354                                    bool AllowSameLength = true) {
7355   return isAcceptableObjCSelector(Method->getSelector(), WantKind, SelIdents,
7356                                   AllowSameLength);
7357 }
7358 
7359 /// A set of selectors, which is used to avoid introducing multiple
7360 /// completions with the same selector into the result set.
7361 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 16> VisitedSelectorSet;
7362 
7363 /// Add all of the Objective-C methods in the given Objective-C
7364 /// container to the set of results.
7365 ///
7366 /// The container will be a class, protocol, category, or implementation of
7367 /// any of the above. This mether will recurse to include methods from
7368 /// the superclasses of classes along with their categories, protocols, and
7369 /// implementations.
7370 ///
7371 /// \param Container the container in which we'll look to find methods.
7372 ///
7373 /// \param WantInstanceMethods Whether to add instance methods (only); if
7374 /// false, this routine will add factory methods (only).
7375 ///
7376 /// \param CurContext the context in which we're performing the lookup that
7377 /// finds methods.
7378 ///
7379 /// \param AllowSameLength Whether we allow a method to be added to the list
7380 /// when it has the same number of parameters as we have selector identifiers.
7381 ///
7382 /// \param Results the structure into which we'll add results.
7383 static void AddObjCMethods(ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
7384                            bool WantInstanceMethods, ObjCMethodKind WantKind,
7385                            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7386                            DeclContext *CurContext,
7387                            VisitedSelectorSet &Selectors, bool AllowSameLength,
7388                            ResultBuilder &Results, bool InOriginalClass = true,
7389                            bool IsRootClass = false) {
7390   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7391   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
7392   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container);
7393   IsRootClass = IsRootClass || (IFace && !IFace->getSuperClass());
7394   for (ObjCMethodDecl *M : Container->methods()) {
7395     // The instance methods on the root class can be messaged via the
7396     // metaclass.
7397     if (M->isInstanceMethod() == WantInstanceMethods ||
7398         (IsRootClass && !WantInstanceMethods)) {
7399       // Check whether the selector identifiers we've been given are a
7400       // subset of the identifiers for this particular method.
7401       if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(M, WantKind, SelIdents, AllowSameLength))
7402         continue;
7403 
7404       if (!Selectors.insert(M->getSelector()).second)
7405         continue;
7406 
7407       Result R = Result(M, Results.getBasePriority(M), nullptr);
7408       R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
7409       R.AllParametersAreInformative = (WantKind != MK_Any);
7410       if (!InOriginalClass)
7411         setInBaseClass(R);
7412       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
7413     }
7414   }
7415 
7416   // Visit the protocols of protocols.
7417   if (const auto *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
7418     if (Protocol->hasDefinition()) {
7419       const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
7420           Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
7421       for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
7422                                                 E = Protocols.end();
7423            I != E; ++I)
7424         AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7425                        Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7426     }
7427   }
7428 
7429   if (!IFace || !IFace->hasDefinition())
7430     return;
7431 
7432   // Add methods in protocols.
7433   for (ObjCProtocolDecl *I : IFace->protocols())
7434     AddObjCMethods(I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7435                    Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7436 
7437   // Add methods in categories.
7438   for (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl : IFace->known_categories()) {
7439     AddObjCMethods(CatDecl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents,
7440                    CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
7441                    InOriginalClass, IsRootClass);
7442 
7443     // Add a categories protocol methods.
7444     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
7445         CatDecl->getReferencedProtocols();
7446     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
7447                                               E = Protocols.end();
7448          I != E; ++I)
7449       AddObjCMethods(*I, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7450                      Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, false, IsRootClass);
7451 
7452     // Add methods in category implementations.
7453     if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *Impl = CatDecl->getImplementation())
7454       AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7455                      Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
7456                      IsRootClass);
7457   }
7458 
7459   // Add methods in superclass.
7460   // Avoid passing in IsRootClass since root classes won't have super classes.
7461   if (IFace->getSuperClass())
7462     AddObjCMethods(IFace->getSuperClass(), WantInstanceMethods, WantKind,
7463                    SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results,
7464                    /*IsRootClass=*/false);
7465 
7466   // Add methods in our implementation, if any.
7467   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = IFace->getImplementation())
7468     AddObjCMethods(Impl, WantInstanceMethods, WantKind, SelIdents, CurContext,
7469                    Selectors, AllowSameLength, Results, InOriginalClass,
7470                    IsRootClass);
7471 }
7472 
7473 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S) {
7474   // Try to find the interface where getters might live.
7475   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
7476   if (!Class) {
7477     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
7478             dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
7479       Class = Category->getClassInterface();
7480 
7481     if (!Class)
7482       return;
7483   }
7484 
7485   // Find all of the potential getters.
7486   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7487                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7488                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7489   Results.EnterNewScope();
7490 
7491   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7492   AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_ZeroArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors,
7493                  /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);
7494   Results.ExitScope();
7495   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7496                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7497 }
7498 
7499 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S) {
7500   // Try to find the interface where setters might live.
7501   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
7502   if (!Class) {
7503     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category =
7504             dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext))
7505       Class = Category->getClassInterface();
7506 
7507     if (!Class)
7508       return;
7509   }
7510 
7511   // Find all of the potential getters.
7512   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7513                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7514                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
7515   Results.EnterNewScope();
7516 
7517   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7518   AddObjCMethods(Class, true, MK_OneArgSelector, None, CurContext, Selectors,
7519                  /*AllowSameLength=*/true, Results);
7520 
7521   Results.ExitScope();
7522   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7523                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7524 }
7525 
7526 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7527                                        bool IsParameter) {
7528   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7529                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7530                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Type);
7531   Results.EnterNewScope();
7532 
7533   // Add context-sensitive, Objective-C parameter-passing keywords.
7534   bool AddedInOut = false;
7535   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7536        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_In | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
7537     Results.AddResult("in");
7538     Results.AddResult("inout");
7539     AddedInOut = true;
7540   }
7541   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7542        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Out | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Inout)) == 0) {
7543     Results.AddResult("out");
7544     if (!AddedInOut)
7545       Results.AddResult("inout");
7546   }
7547   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() &
7548        (ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Bycopy | ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Byref |
7549         ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_Oneway)) == 0) {
7550     Results.AddResult("bycopy");
7551     Results.AddResult("byref");
7552     Results.AddResult("oneway");
7553   }
7554   if ((DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() & ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_CSNullability) == 0) {
7555     Results.AddResult("nonnull");
7556     Results.AddResult("nullable");
7557     Results.AddResult("null_unspecified");
7558   }
7559 
7560   // If we're completing the return type of an Objective-C method and the
7561   // identifier IBAction refers to a macro, provide a completion item for
7562   // an action, e.g.,
7563   //   IBAction)<#selector#>:(id)sender
7564   if (DS.getObjCDeclQualifier() == 0 && !IsParameter &&
7565       PP.isMacroDefined("IBAction")) {
7566     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7567                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7568                                   CCP_CodePattern, CXAvailability_Available);
7569     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("IBAction");
7570     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7571     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("selector");
7572     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Colon);
7573     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
7574     Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
7575     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
7576     Builder.AddTextChunk("sender");
7577     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
7578   }
7579 
7580   // If we're completing the return type, provide 'instancetype'.
7581   if (!IsParameter) {
7582     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("instancetype"));
7583   }
7584 
7585   // Add various builtin type names and specifiers.
7586   AddOrdinaryNameResults(PCC_Type, S, *this, Results);
7587   Results.ExitScope();
7588 
7589   // Add the various type names
7590   Results.setFilter(&ResultBuilder::IsOrdinaryNonValueName);
7591   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
7592   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
7593                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
7594                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
7595 
7596   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
7597     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
7598 
7599   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7600                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7601 }
7602 
7603 /// When we have an expression with type "id", we may assume
7604 /// that it has some more-specific class type based on knowledge of
7605 /// common uses of Objective-C. This routine returns that class type,
7606 /// or NULL if no better result could be determined.
7607 static ObjCInterfaceDecl *GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(Expr *E) {
7608   auto *Msg = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
7609   if (!Msg)
7610     return nullptr;
7611 
7612   Selector Sel = Msg->getSelector();
7613   if (Sel.isNull())
7614     return nullptr;
7615 
7616   IdentifierInfo *Id = Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0);
7617   if (!Id)
7618     return nullptr;
7619 
7620   ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Msg->getMethodDecl();
7621   if (!Method)
7622     return nullptr;
7623 
7624   // Determine the class that we're sending the message to.
7625   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
7626   switch (Msg->getReceiverKind()) {
7627   case ObjCMessageExpr::Class:
7628     if (const ObjCObjectType *ObjType =
7629             Msg->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7630       IFace = ObjType->getInterface();
7631     break;
7632 
7633   case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance: {
7634     QualType T = Msg->getInstanceReceiver()->getType();
7635     if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
7636       IFace = Ptr->getInterfaceDecl();
7637     break;
7638   }
7639 
7640   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance:
7641   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass:
7642     break;
7643   }
7644 
7645   if (!IFace)
7646     return nullptr;
7647 
7648   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = IFace->getSuperClass();
7649   if (Method->isInstanceMethod())
7650     return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
7651         .Case("retain", IFace)
7652         .Case("strong", IFace)
7653         .Case("autorelease", IFace)
7654         .Case("copy", IFace)
7655         .Case("copyWithZone", IFace)
7656         .Case("mutableCopy", IFace)
7657         .Case("mutableCopyWithZone", IFace)
7658         .Case("awakeFromCoder", IFace)
7659         .Case("replacementObjectFromCoder", IFace)
7660         .Case("class", IFace)
7661         .Case("classForCoder", IFace)
7662         .Case("superclass", Super)
7663         .Default(nullptr);
7664 
7665   return llvm::StringSwitch<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(Id->getName())
7666       .Case("new", IFace)
7667       .Case("alloc", IFace)
7668       .Case("allocWithZone", IFace)
7669       .Case("class", IFace)
7670       .Case("superclass", Super)
7671       .Default(nullptr);
7672 }
7673 
7674 // Add a special completion for a message send to "super", which fills in the
7675 // most likely case of forwarding all of our arguments to the superclass
7676 // function.
7677 ///
7678 /// \param S The semantic analysis object.
7679 ///
7680 /// \param NeedSuperKeyword Whether we need to prefix this completion with
7681 /// the "super" keyword. Otherwise, we just need to provide the arguments.
7682 ///
7683 /// \param SelIdents The identifiers in the selector that have already been
7684 /// provided as arguments for a send to "super".
7685 ///
7686 /// \param Results The set of results to augment.
7687 ///
7688 /// \returns the Objective-C method declaration that would be invoked by
7689 /// this "super" completion. If NULL, no completion was added.
7690 static ObjCMethodDecl *
7691 AddSuperSendCompletion(Sema &S, bool NeedSuperKeyword,
7692                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7693                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
7694   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = S.getCurMethodDecl();
7695   if (!CurMethod)
7696     return nullptr;
7697 
7698   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
7699   if (!Class)
7700     return nullptr;
7701 
7702   // Try to find a superclass method with the same selector.
7703   ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod = nullptr;
7704   while ((Class = Class->getSuperClass()) && !SuperMethod) {
7705     // Check in the class
7706     SuperMethod = Class->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
7707                                    CurMethod->isInstanceMethod());
7708 
7709     // Check in categories or class extensions.
7710     if (!SuperMethod) {
7711       for (const auto *Cat : Class->known_categories()) {
7712         if ((SuperMethod = Cat->getMethod(CurMethod->getSelector(),
7713                                           CurMethod->isInstanceMethod())))
7714           break;
7715       }
7716     }
7717   }
7718 
7719   if (!SuperMethod)
7720     return nullptr;
7721 
7722   // Check whether the superclass method has the same signature.
7723   if (CurMethod->param_size() != SuperMethod->param_size() ||
7724       CurMethod->isVariadic() != SuperMethod->isVariadic())
7725     return nullptr;
7726 
7727   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin(),
7728                                       CurPEnd = CurMethod->param_end(),
7729                                       SuperP = SuperMethod->param_begin();
7730        CurP != CurPEnd; ++CurP, ++SuperP) {
7731     // Make sure the parameter types are compatible.
7732     if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType((*CurP)->getType(),
7733                                           (*SuperP)->getType()))
7734       return nullptr;
7735 
7736     // Make sure we have a parameter name to forward!
7737     if (!(*CurP)->getIdentifier())
7738       return nullptr;
7739   }
7740 
7741   // We have a superclass method. Now, form the send-to-super completion.
7742   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
7743                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
7744 
7745   // Give this completion a return type.
7746   AddResultTypeChunk(S.Context, getCompletionPrintingPolicy(S), SuperMethod,
7747                      Results.getCompletionContext().getBaseType(), Builder);
7748 
7749   // If we need the "super" keyword, add it (plus some spacing).
7750   if (NeedSuperKeyword) {
7751     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("super");
7752     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7753   }
7754 
7755   Selector Sel = CurMethod->getSelector();
7756   if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
7757     if (NeedSuperKeyword)
7758       Builder.AddTextChunk(
7759           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
7760     else
7761       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7762           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
7763   } else {
7764     ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator CurP = CurMethod->param_begin();
7765     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I, ++CurP) {
7766       if (I > SelIdents.size())
7767         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
7768 
7769       if (I < SelIdents.size())
7770         Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
7771             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7772       else if (NeedSuperKeyword || I > SelIdents.size()) {
7773         Builder.AddTextChunk(
7774             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7775         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
7776             (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
7777       } else {
7778         Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
7779             Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
7780         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
7781             (*CurP)->getIdentifier()->getName()));
7782       }
7783     }
7784   }
7785 
7786   Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), SuperMethod,
7787                                          CCP_SuperCompletion));
7788   return SuperMethod;
7789 }
7790 
7791 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S) {
7792   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7793   ResultBuilder Results(
7794       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
7795       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
7796       CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCMessageReceiver,
7797       getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
7798           ? &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiverOrLambdaCapture
7799           : &ResultBuilder::IsObjCMessageReceiver);
7800 
7801   CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Results, CurContext);
7802   Results.EnterNewScope();
7803   LookupVisibleDecls(S, LookupOrdinaryName, Consumer,
7804                      CodeCompleter->includeGlobals(),
7805                      CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
7806 
7807   // If we are in an Objective-C method inside a class that has a superclass,
7808   // add "super" as an option.
7809   if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = getCurMethodDecl())
7810     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Iface = Method->getClassInterface())
7811       if (Iface->getSuperClass()) {
7812         Results.AddResult(Result("super"));
7813 
7814         AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, /*NeedSuperKeyword=*/true, None, Results);
7815       }
7816 
7817   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7818     addThisCompletion(*this, Results);
7819 
7820   Results.ExitScope();
7821 
7822   if (CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
7823     AddMacroResults(PP, Results, CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), false);
7824   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
7825                             Results.data(), Results.size());
7826 }
7827 
7828 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7829                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7830                                         bool AtArgumentExpression) {
7831   ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;
7832   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
7833     // Figure out which interface we're in.
7834     CDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
7835     if (!CDecl)
7836       return;
7837 
7838     // Find the superclass of this class.
7839     CDecl = CDecl->getSuperClass();
7840     if (!CDecl)
7841       return;
7842 
7843     if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
7844       // We are inside an instance method, which means that the message
7845       // send [super ...] is actually calling an instance method on the
7846       // current object.
7847       return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, nullptr, SelIdents,
7848                                              AtArgumentExpression, CDecl);
7849     }
7850 
7851     // Fall through to send to the superclass in CDecl.
7852   } else {
7853     // "super" may be the name of a type or variable. Figure out which
7854     // it is.
7855     IdentifierInfo *Super = getSuperIdentifier();
7856     NamedDecl *ND = LookupSingleName(S, Super, SuperLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
7857     if ((CDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND))) {
7858       // "super" names an interface. Use it.
7859     } else if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast_or_null<TypeDecl>(ND)) {
7860       if (const ObjCObjectType *Iface =
7861               Context.getTypeDeclType(TD)->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7862         CDecl = Iface->getInterface();
7863     } else if (ND && isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(ND)) {
7864       // "super" names an unresolved type; we can't be more specific.
7865     } else {
7866       // Assume that "super" names some kind of value and parse that way.
7867       CXXScopeSpec SS;
7868       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
7869       UnqualifiedId id;
7870       id.setIdentifier(Super, SuperLoc);
7871       ExprResult SuperExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, TemplateKWLoc, id,
7872                                                /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false,
7873                                                /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false);
7874       return CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(S, (Expr *)SuperExpr.get(),
7875                                              SelIdents, AtArgumentExpression);
7876     }
7877 
7878     // Fall through
7879   }
7880 
7881   ParsedType Receiver;
7882   if (CDecl)
7883     Receiver = ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CDecl));
7884   return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(S, Receiver, SelIdents,
7885                                       AtArgumentExpression,
7886                                       /*IsSuper=*/true);
7887 }
7888 
7889 /// Given a set of code-completion results for the argument of a message
7890 /// send, determine the preferred type (if any) for that argument expression.
7891 static QualType getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(ResultBuilder &Results,
7892                                                        unsigned NumSelIdents) {
7893   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7894   ASTContext &Context = Results.getSema().Context;
7895 
7896   QualType PreferredType;
7897   unsigned BestPriority = CCP_Unlikely * 2;
7898   Result *ResultsData = Results.data();
7899   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Results.size(); I != N; ++I) {
7900     Result &R = ResultsData[I];
7901     if (R.Kind == Result::RK_Declaration &&
7902         isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration)) {
7903       if (R.Priority <= BestPriority) {
7904         const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(R.Declaration);
7905         if (NumSelIdents <= Method->param_size()) {
7906           QualType MyPreferredType =
7907               Method->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1]->getType();
7908           if (R.Priority < BestPriority || PreferredType.isNull()) {
7909             BestPriority = R.Priority;
7910             PreferredType = MyPreferredType;
7911           } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(PreferredType,
7912                                                      MyPreferredType)) {
7913             PreferredType = QualType();
7914           }
7915         }
7916       }
7917     }
7918   }
7919 
7920   return PreferredType;
7921 }
7922 
7923 static void AddClassMessageCompletions(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
7924                                        ParsedType Receiver,
7925                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7926                                        bool AtArgumentExpression, bool IsSuper,
7927                                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
7928   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
7929   ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl = nullptr;
7930 
7931   // If the given name refers to an interface type, retrieve the
7932   // corresponding declaration.
7933   if (Receiver) {
7934     QualType T = SemaRef.GetTypeFromParser(Receiver, nullptr);
7935     if (!T.isNull())
7936       if (const ObjCObjectType *Interface = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
7937         CDecl = Interface->getInterface();
7938   }
7939 
7940   // Add all of the factory methods in this Objective-C class, its protocols,
7941   // superclasses, categories, implementation, etc.
7942   Results.EnterNewScope();
7943 
7944   // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
7945   // completion.
7946   if (IsSuper) {
7947     if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
7948             AddSuperSendCompletion(SemaRef, false, SelIdents, Results))
7949       Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
7950   }
7951 
7952   // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
7953   // others.
7954   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl())
7955     Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());
7956 
7957   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
7958   if (CDecl)
7959     AddObjCMethods(CDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, SemaRef.CurContext,
7960                    Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
7961   else {
7962     // We're messaging "id" as a type; provide all class/factory methods.
7963 
7964     // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
7965     // pool from the AST file.
7966     if (SemaRef.getExternalSource()) {
7967       for (uint32_t I = 0,
7968                     N = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetNumExternalSelectors();
7969            I != N; ++I) {
7970         Selector Sel = SemaRef.getExternalSource()->GetExternalSelector(I);
7971         if (Sel.isNull() || SemaRef.MethodPool.count(Sel))
7972           continue;
7973 
7974         SemaRef.ReadMethodPool(Sel);
7975       }
7976     }
7977 
7978     for (Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = SemaRef.MethodPool.begin(),
7979                                           MEnd = SemaRef.MethodPool.end();
7980          M != MEnd; ++M) {
7981       for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.second;
7982            MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
7983         if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
7984           continue;
7985 
7986         Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
7987                  Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
7988         R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
7989         R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
7990         Results.MaybeAddResult(R, SemaRef.CurContext);
7991       }
7992     }
7993   }
7994 
7995   Results.ExitScope();
7996 }
7997 
7998 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7999                                         ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8000                                         bool AtArgumentExpression,
8001                                         bool IsSuper) {
8002 
8003   QualType T = this->GetTypeFromParser(Receiver);
8004 
8005   ResultBuilder Results(
8006       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8007       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8008       CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCClassMessage, T,
8009                             SelIdents));
8010 
8011   AddClassMessageCompletions(*this, S, Receiver, SelIdents,
8012                              AtArgumentExpression, IsSuper, Results);
8013 
8014   // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
8015   // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
8016   // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
8017   // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
8018   // our preferred type, improving completion results.
8019   if (AtArgumentExpression) {
8020     QualType PreferredType =
8021         getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
8022     if (PreferredType.isNull())
8023       CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
8024     else
8025       CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
8026     return;
8027   }
8028 
8029   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8030                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8031 }
8032 
8033 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8034                                            ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8035                                            bool AtArgumentExpression,
8036                                            ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super) {
8037   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8038 
8039   Expr *RecExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Receiver);
8040 
8041   // If necessary, apply function/array conversion to the receiver.
8042   // C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8].
8043   if (RecExpr) {
8044     ExprResult Conv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RecExpr);
8045     if (Conv.isInvalid()) // conversion failed. bail.
8046       return;
8047     RecExpr = Conv.get();
8048   }
8049   QualType ReceiverType = RecExpr
8050                               ? RecExpr->getType()
8051                               : Super ? Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
8052                                             Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Super))
8053                                       : Context.getObjCIdType();
8054 
8055   // If we're messaging an expression with type "id" or "Class", check
8056   // whether we know something special about the receiver that allows
8057   // us to assume a more-specific receiver type.
8058   if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType() || ReceiverType->isObjCClassType()) {
8059     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = GetAssumedMessageSendExprType(RecExpr)) {
8060       if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType())
8061         return CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(
8062             S, ParsedType::make(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)), SelIdents,
8063             AtArgumentExpression, Super);
8064 
8065       ReceiverType =
8066           Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace));
8067     }
8068   } else if (RecExpr && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8069     ExprResult Conv = PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(RecExpr);
8070     if (Conv.isUsable()) {
8071       RecExpr = Conv.get();
8072       ReceiverType = RecExpr->getType();
8073     }
8074   }
8075 
8076   // Build the set of methods we can see.
8077   ResultBuilder Results(
8078       *this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8079       CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8080       CodeCompletionContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInstanceMessage,
8081                             ReceiverType, SelIdents));
8082 
8083   Results.EnterNewScope();
8084 
8085   // If this is a send-to-super, try to add the special "super" send
8086   // completion.
8087   if (Super) {
8088     if (ObjCMethodDecl *SuperMethod =
8089             AddSuperSendCompletion(*this, false, SelIdents, Results))
8090       Results.Ignore(SuperMethod);
8091   }
8092 
8093   // If we're inside an Objective-C method definition, prefer its selector to
8094   // others.
8095   if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl())
8096     Results.setPreferredSelector(CurMethod->getSelector());
8097 
8098   // Keep track of the selectors we've already added.
8099   VisitedSelectorSet Selectors;
8100 
8101   // Handle messages to Class. This really isn't a message to an instance
8102   // method, so we treat it the same way we would treat a message send to a
8103   // class method.
8104   if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
8105       ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
8106     if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl()) {
8107       if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMethod->getClassInterface())
8108         AddObjCMethods(ClassDecl, false, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext,
8109                        Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8110     }
8111   }
8112   // Handle messages to a qualified ID ("id<foo>").
8113   else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *QualID =
8114                ReceiverType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
8115     // Search protocols for instance methods.
8116     for (auto *I : QualID->quals())
8117       AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
8118                      AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8119   }
8120   // Handle messages to a pointer to interface type.
8121   else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *IFacePtr =
8122                ReceiverType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
8123     // Search the class, its superclasses, etc., for instance methods.
8124     AddObjCMethods(IFacePtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, MK_Any, SelIdents,
8125                    CurContext, Selectors, AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8126 
8127     // Search protocols for instance methods.
8128     for (auto *I : IFacePtr->quals())
8129       AddObjCMethods(I, true, MK_Any, SelIdents, CurContext, Selectors,
8130                      AtArgumentExpression, Results);
8131   }
8132   // Handle messages to "id".
8133   else if (ReceiverType->isObjCIdType()) {
8134     // We're messaging "id", so provide all instance methods we know
8135     // about as code-completion results.
8136 
8137     // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
8138     // pool from the AST file.
8139     if (ExternalSource) {
8140       for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors();
8141            I != N; ++I) {
8142         Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
8143         if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
8144           continue;
8145 
8146         ReadMethodPool(Sel);
8147       }
8148     }
8149 
8150     for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
8151                                     MEnd = MethodPool.end();
8152          M != MEnd; ++M) {
8153       for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = &M->second.first;
8154            MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
8155         if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
8156           continue;
8157 
8158         if (!Selectors.insert(MethList->getMethod()->getSelector()).second)
8159           continue;
8160 
8161         Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
8162                  Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
8163         R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
8164         R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
8165         Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
8166       }
8167     }
8168   }
8169   Results.ExitScope();
8170 
8171   // If we're actually at the argument expression (rather than prior to the
8172   // selector), we're actually performing code completion for an expression.
8173   // Determine whether we have a single, best method. If so, we can
8174   // code-complete the expression using the corresponding parameter type as
8175   // our preferred type, improving completion results.
8176   if (AtArgumentExpression) {
8177     QualType PreferredType =
8178         getPreferredArgumentTypeForMessageSend(Results, SelIdents.size());
8179     if (PreferredType.isNull())
8180       CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, PCC_Expression);
8181     else
8182       CodeCompleteExpression(S, PreferredType);
8183     return;
8184   }
8185 
8186   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8187                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8188 }
8189 
8190 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8191                                          DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar) {
8192   CodeCompleteExpressionData Data;
8193   Data.ObjCCollection = true;
8194 
8195   if (IterationVar.getAsOpaquePtr()) {
8196     DeclGroupRef DG = IterationVar.get();
8197     for (DeclGroupRef::iterator I = DG.begin(), End = DG.end(); I != End; ++I) {
8198       if (*I)
8199         Data.IgnoreDecls.push_back(*I);
8200     }
8201   }
8202 
8203   CodeCompleteExpression(S, Data);
8204 }
8205 
8206 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8207                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
8208   // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
8209   // pool from the AST file.
8210   if (ExternalSource) {
8211     for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
8212          ++I) {
8213       Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
8214       if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
8215         continue;
8216 
8217       ReadMethodPool(Sel);
8218     }
8219   }
8220 
8221   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8222                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8223                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_SelectorName);
8224   Results.EnterNewScope();
8225   for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
8226                                   MEnd = MethodPool.end();
8227        M != MEnd; ++M) {
8228 
8229     Selector Sel = M->first;
8230     if (!isAcceptableObjCSelector(Sel, MK_Any, SelIdents))
8231       continue;
8232 
8233     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
8234                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
8235     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
8236       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
8237           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
8238       Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
8239       continue;
8240     }
8241 
8242     std::string Accumulator;
8243     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sel.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
8244       if (I == SelIdents.size()) {
8245         if (!Accumulator.empty()) {
8246           Builder.AddInformativeChunk(
8247               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
8248           Accumulator.clear();
8249         }
8250       }
8251 
8252       Accumulator += Sel.getNameForSlot(I);
8253       Accumulator += ':';
8254     }
8255     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Accumulator));
8256     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
8257   }
8258   Results.ExitScope();
8259 
8260   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8261                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8262 }
8263 
8264 /// Add all of the protocol declarations that we find in the given
8265 /// (translation unit) context.
8266 static void AddProtocolResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
8267                                bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
8268                                ResultBuilder &Results) {
8269   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8270 
8271   for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
8272     // Record any protocols we find.
8273     if (const auto *Proto = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
8274       if (!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Proto->hasDefinition())
8275         Results.AddResult(
8276             Result(Proto, Results.getBasePriority(Proto), nullptr), CurContext,
8277             nullptr, false);
8278   }
8279 }
8280 
8281 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
8282     ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols) {
8283   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8284                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8285                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);
8286 
8287   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8288     Results.EnterNewScope();
8289 
8290     // Tell the result set to ignore all of the protocols we have
8291     // already seen.
8292     // FIXME: This doesn't work when caching code-completion results.
8293     for (const IdentifierLocPair &Pair : Protocols)
8294       if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = LookupProtocol(Pair.first, Pair.second))
8295         Results.Ignore(Protocol);
8296 
8297     // Add all protocols.
8298     AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8299                        Results);
8300 
8301     Results.ExitScope();
8302   }
8303 
8304   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8305                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8306 }
8307 
8308 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *) {
8309   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8310                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8311                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCProtocolName);
8312 
8313   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8314     Results.EnterNewScope();
8315 
8316     // Add all protocols.
8317     AddProtocolResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, true,
8318                        Results);
8319 
8320     Results.ExitScope();
8321   }
8322 
8323   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8324                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8325 }
8326 
8327 /// Add all of the Objective-C interface declarations that we find in
8328 /// the given (translation unit) context.
8329 static void AddInterfaceResults(DeclContext *Ctx, DeclContext *CurContext,
8330                                 bool OnlyForwardDeclarations,
8331                                 bool OnlyUnimplemented,
8332                                 ResultBuilder &Results) {
8333   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8334 
8335   for (const auto *D : Ctx->decls()) {
8336     // Record any interfaces we find.
8337     if (const auto *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
8338       if ((!OnlyForwardDeclarations || !Class->hasDefinition()) &&
8339           (!OnlyUnimplemented || !Class->getImplementation()))
8340         Results.AddResult(
8341             Result(Class, Results.getBasePriority(Class), nullptr), CurContext,
8342             nullptr, false);
8343   }
8344 }
8345 
8346 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S) {
8347   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8348                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8349                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
8350   Results.EnterNewScope();
8351 
8352   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8353     // Add all classes.
8354     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8355                         false, Results);
8356   }
8357 
8358   Results.ExitScope();
8359 
8360   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8361                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8362 }
8363 
8364 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8365                                       SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8366   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8367                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8368                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCInterfaceName);
8369   Results.EnterNewScope();
8370 
8371   // Make sure that we ignore the class we're currently defining.
8372   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8373       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8374   if (CurClass && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass))
8375     Results.Ignore(CurClass);
8376 
8377   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8378     // Add all classes.
8379     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8380                         false, Results);
8381   }
8382 
8383   Results.ExitScope();
8384 
8385   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8386                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8387 }
8388 
8389 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S) {
8390   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8391                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8392                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCImplementation);
8393   Results.EnterNewScope();
8394 
8395   if (CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
8396     // Add all unimplemented classes.
8397     AddInterfaceResults(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), CurContext, false,
8398                         true, Results);
8399   }
8400 
8401   Results.ExitScope();
8402 
8403   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8404                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8405 }
8406 
8407 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8408                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8409                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8410   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8411 
8412   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8413                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8414                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);
8415 
8416   // Ignore any categories we find that have already been implemented by this
8417   // interface.
8418   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
8419   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8420       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8421   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class =
8422           dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass)) {
8423     for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories())
8424       CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier());
8425   }
8426 
8427   // Add all of the categories we know about.
8428   Results.EnterNewScope();
8429   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8430   for (const auto *D : TU->decls())
8431     if (const auto *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D))
8432       if (CategoryNames.insert(Category->getIdentifier()).second)
8433         Results.AddResult(
8434             Result(Category, Results.getBasePriority(Category), nullptr),
8435             CurContext, nullptr, false);
8436   Results.ExitScope();
8437 
8438   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8439                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8440 }
8441 
8442 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8443                                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8444                                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc) {
8445   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8446 
8447   // Find the corresponding interface. If we couldn't find the interface, the
8448   // program itself is ill-formed. However, we'll try to be helpful still by
8449   // providing the list of all of the categories we know about.
8450   NamedDecl *CurClass =
8451       LookupSingleName(TUScope, ClassName, ClassNameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
8452   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurClass);
8453   if (!Class)
8454     return CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(S, ClassName, ClassNameLoc);
8455 
8456   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8457                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8458                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_ObjCCategoryName);
8459 
8460   // Add all of the categories that have have corresponding interface
8461   // declarations in this class and any of its superclasses, except for
8462   // already-implemented categories in the class itself.
8463   llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo *, 16> CategoryNames;
8464   Results.EnterNewScope();
8465   bool IgnoreImplemented = true;
8466   while (Class) {
8467     for (const auto *Cat : Class->visible_categories()) {
8468       if ((!IgnoreImplemented || !Cat->getImplementation()) &&
8469           CategoryNames.insert(Cat->getIdentifier()).second)
8470         Results.AddResult(Result(Cat, Results.getBasePriority(Cat), nullptr),
8471                           CurContext, nullptr, false);
8472     }
8473 
8474     Class = Class->getSuperClass();
8475     IgnoreImplemented = false;
8476   }
8477   Results.ExitScope();
8478 
8479   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8480                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8481 }
8482 
8483 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S) {
8484   CodeCompletionContext CCContext(CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
8485   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8486                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(), CCContext);
8487 
8488   // Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
8489   ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
8490       dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8491   if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
8492                      !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
8493     return;
8494 
8495   // Ignore any properties that have already been implemented.
8496   Container = getContainerDef(Container);
8497   for (const auto *D : Container->decls())
8498     if (const auto *PropertyImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D))
8499       Results.Ignore(PropertyImpl->getPropertyDecl());
8500 
8501   // Add any properties that we find.
8502   AddedPropertiesSet AddedProperties;
8503   Results.EnterNewScope();
8504   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
8505           dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
8506     AddObjCProperties(CCContext, ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false,
8507                       /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
8508                       AddedProperties, Results);
8509   else
8510     AddObjCProperties(CCContext,
8511                       cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(),
8512                       false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext,
8513                       AddedProperties, Results);
8514   Results.ExitScope();
8515 
8516   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8517                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8518 }
8519 
8520 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(
8521     Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *PropertyName) {
8522   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8523   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
8524                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8525                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
8526 
8527   // Figure out where this @synthesize lives.
8528   ObjCContainerDecl *Container =
8529       dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
8530   if (!Container || (!isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container) &&
8531                      !isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)))
8532     return;
8533 
8534   // Figure out which interface we're looking into.
8535   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = nullptr;
8536   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl =
8537           dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
8538     Class = ClassImpl->getClassInterface();
8539   else
8540     Class = cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)
8541                 ->getCategoryDecl()
8542                 ->getClassInterface();
8543 
8544   // Determine the type of the property we're synthesizing.
8545   QualType PropertyType = Context.getObjCIdType();
8546   if (Class) {
8547     if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
8548             PropertyName, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
8549       PropertyType =
8550           Property->getType().getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType();
8551 
8552       // Give preference to ivars
8553       Results.setPreferredType(PropertyType);
8554     }
8555   }
8556 
8557   // Add all of the instance variables in this class and its superclasses.
8558   Results.EnterNewScope();
8559   bool SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = false;
8560   std::string NameWithPrefix;
8561   NameWithPrefix += '_';
8562   NameWithPrefix += PropertyName->getName();
8563   std::string NameWithSuffix = PropertyName->getName().str();
8564   NameWithSuffix += '_';
8565   for (; Class; Class = Class->getSuperClass()) {
8566     for (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Ivar;
8567          Ivar = Ivar->getNextIvar()) {
8568       Results.AddResult(Result(Ivar, Results.getBasePriority(Ivar), nullptr),
8569                         CurContext, nullptr, false);
8570 
8571       // Determine whether we've seen an ivar with a name similar to the
8572       // property.
8573       if ((PropertyName == Ivar->getIdentifier() ||
8574            NameWithPrefix == Ivar->getName() ||
8575            NameWithSuffix == Ivar->getName())) {
8576         SawSimilarlyNamedIvar = true;
8577 
8578         // Reduce the priority of this result by one, to give it a slight
8579         // advantage over other results whose names don't match so closely.
8580         if (Results.size() &&
8581             Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Kind ==
8582                 CodeCompletionResult::RK_Declaration &&
8583             Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Declaration == Ivar)
8584           Results.data()[Results.size() - 1].Priority--;
8585       }
8586     }
8587   }
8588 
8589   if (!SawSimilarlyNamedIvar) {
8590     // Create ivar result _propName, that the user can use to synthesize
8591     // an ivar of the appropriate type.
8592     unsigned Priority = CCP_MemberDeclaration + 1;
8593     typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8594     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
8595     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
8596                                   Priority, CXAvailability_Available);
8597 
8598     PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
8599     Builder.AddResultTypeChunk(
8600         GetCompletionTypeString(PropertyType, Context, Policy, Allocator));
8601     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(NameWithPrefix));
8602     Results.AddResult(
8603         Result(Builder.TakeString(), Priority, CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl));
8604   }
8605 
8606   Results.ExitScope();
8607 
8608   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
8609                             Results.data(), Results.size());
8610 }
8611 
8612 // Mapping from selectors to the methods that implement that selector, along
8613 // with the "in original class" flag.
8614 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector,
8615                        llvm::PointerIntPair<ObjCMethodDecl *, 1, bool>>
8616     KnownMethodsMap;
8617 
8618 /// Find all of the methods that reside in the given container
8619 /// (and its superclasses, protocols, etc.) that meet the given
8620 /// criteria. Insert those methods into the map of known methods,
8621 /// indexed by selector so they can be easily found.
8622 static void FindImplementableMethods(ASTContext &Context,
8623                                      ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
8624                                      Optional<bool> WantInstanceMethods,
8625                                      QualType ReturnType,
8626                                      KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods,
8627                                      bool InOriginalClass = true) {
8628   if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)) {
8629     // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
8630     if (!IFace->hasDefinition())
8631       return;
8632 
8633     IFace = IFace->getDefinition();
8634     Container = IFace;
8635 
8636     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8637         IFace->getReferencedProtocols();
8638     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8639                                               E = Protocols.end();
8640          I != E; ++I)
8641       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8642                                KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);
8643 
8644     // Add methods from any class extensions and categories.
8645     for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
8646       FindImplementableMethods(Context, Cat, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8647                                KnownMethods, false);
8648     }
8649 
8650     // Visit the superclass.
8651     if (IFace->getSuperClass())
8652       FindImplementableMethods(Context, IFace->getSuperClass(),
8653                                WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
8654                                false);
8655   }
8656 
8657   if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
8658     // Recurse into protocols.
8659     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8660         Category->getReferencedProtocols();
8661     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8662                                               E = Protocols.end();
8663          I != E; ++I)
8664       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8665                                KnownMethods, InOriginalClass);
8666 
8667     // If this category is the original class, jump to the interface.
8668     if (InOriginalClass && Category->getClassInterface())
8669       FindImplementableMethods(Context, Category->getClassInterface(),
8670                                WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType, KnownMethods,
8671                                false);
8672   }
8673 
8674   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
8675     // Make sure we have a definition; that's what we'll walk.
8676     if (!Protocol->hasDefinition())
8677       return;
8678     Protocol = Protocol->getDefinition();
8679     Container = Protocol;
8680 
8681     // Recurse into protocols.
8682     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &Protocols =
8683         Protocol->getReferencedProtocols();
8684     for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocols.begin(),
8685                                               E = Protocols.end();
8686          I != E; ++I)
8687       FindImplementableMethods(Context, *I, WantInstanceMethods, ReturnType,
8688                                KnownMethods, false);
8689   }
8690 
8691   // Add methods in this container. This operation occurs last because
8692   // we want the methods from this container to override any methods
8693   // we've previously seen with the same selector.
8694   for (auto *M : Container->methods()) {
8695     if (!WantInstanceMethods || M->isInstanceMethod() == *WantInstanceMethods) {
8696       if (!ReturnType.isNull() &&
8697           !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType, M->getReturnType()))
8698         continue;
8699 
8700       KnownMethods[M->getSelector()] =
8701           KnownMethodsMap::mapped_type(M, InOriginalClass);
8702     }
8703   }
8704 }
8705 
8706 /// Add the parenthesized return or parameter type chunk to a code
8707 /// completion string.
8708 static void AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(QualType Type, unsigned ObjCDeclQuals,
8709                                     ASTContext &Context,
8710                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
8711                                     CodeCompletionBuilder &Builder) {
8712   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8713   std::string Quals = formatObjCParamQualifiers(ObjCDeclQuals, Type);
8714   if (!Quals.empty())
8715     Builder.AddTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Quals));
8716   Builder.AddTextChunk(
8717       GetCompletionTypeString(Type, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
8718   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8719 }
8720 
8721 /// Determine whether the given class is or inherits from a class by
8722 /// the given name.
8723 static bool InheritsFromClassNamed(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class, StringRef Name) {
8724   if (!Class)
8725     return false;
8726 
8727   if (Class->getIdentifier() && Class->getIdentifier()->getName() == Name)
8728     return true;
8729 
8730   return InheritsFromClassNamed(Class->getSuperClass(), Name);
8731 }
8732 
8733 /// Add code completions for Objective-C Key-Value Coding (KVC) and
8734 /// Key-Value Observing (KVO).
8735 static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
8736                                        bool IsInstanceMethod,
8737                                        QualType ReturnType, ASTContext &Context,
8738                                        VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors,
8739                                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
8740   IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier();
8741   if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0)
8742     return;
8743 
8744   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(Results.getSema());
8745 
8746   // Builder that will create each code completion.
8747   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
8748   CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator = Results.getAllocator();
8749   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Allocator, Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
8750 
8751   // The selector table.
8752   SelectorTable &Selectors = Context.Selectors;
8753 
8754   // The property name, copied into the code completion allocation region
8755   // on demand.
8756   struct KeyHolder {
8757     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator;
8758     StringRef Key;
8759     const char *CopiedKey;
8760 
8761     KeyHolder(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, StringRef Key)
8762         : Allocator(Allocator), Key(Key), CopiedKey(nullptr) {}
8763 
8764     operator const char *() {
8765       if (CopiedKey)
8766         return CopiedKey;
8767 
8768       return CopiedKey = Allocator.CopyString(Key);
8769     }
8770   } Key(Allocator, PropName->getName());
8771 
8772   // The uppercased name of the property name.
8773   std::string UpperKey = std::string(PropName->getName());
8774   if (!UpperKey.empty())
8775     UpperKey[0] = toUppercase(UpperKey[0]);
8776 
8777   bool ReturnTypeMatchesProperty =
8778       ReturnType.isNull() ||
8779       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ReturnType.getNonReferenceType(),
8780                                      Property->getType());
8781   bool ReturnTypeMatchesVoid = ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isVoidType();
8782 
8783   // Add the normal accessor -(type)key.
8784   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8785       KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)).second &&
8786       ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) {
8787     if (ReturnType.isNull())
8788       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
8789                               Builder);
8790 
8791     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Key);
8792     Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8793                              CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8794   }
8795 
8796   // If we have an integral or boolean property (or the user has provided
8797   // an integral or boolean return type), add the accessor -(type)isKey.
8798   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8799       ((!ReturnType.isNull() &&
8800         (ReturnType->isIntegerType() || ReturnType->isBooleanType())) ||
8801        (ReturnType.isNull() && (Property->getType()->isIntegerType() ||
8802                                 Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) {
8803     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("is") + UpperKey).str();
8804     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8805     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
8806             .second) {
8807       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8808         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8809         Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
8810         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8811       }
8812 
8813       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
8814       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8815                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8816     }
8817   }
8818 
8819   // Add the normal mutator.
8820   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid &&
8821       !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) {
8822     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("set") + UpperKey).str();
8823     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8824     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
8825       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8826         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8827         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
8828         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8829       }
8830 
8831       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
8832           Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName() + ":"));
8833       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), /*Quals=*/0, Context, Policy,
8834                               Builder);
8835       Builder.AddTextChunk(Key);
8836       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
8837                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8838     }
8839   }
8840 
8841   // Indexed and unordered accessors
8842   unsigned IndexedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8843   unsigned IndexedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8844   unsigned UnorderedGetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8845   unsigned UnorderedSetterPriority = CCP_CodePattern;
8846   if (const auto *ObjCPointer =
8847           Property->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
8848     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = ObjCPointer->getInterfaceDecl()) {
8849       // If this interface type is not provably derived from a known
8850       // collection, penalize the corresponding completions.
8851       if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableArray")) {
8852         IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8853         if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSArray"))
8854           IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8855       }
8856 
8857       if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSMutableSet")) {
8858         UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8859         if (!InheritsFromClassNamed(IFace, "NSSet"))
8860           UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8861       }
8862     }
8863   } else {
8864     IndexedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8865     IndexedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8866     UnorderedGetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8867     UnorderedSetterPriority += CCD_ProbablyNotObjCCollection;
8868   }
8869 
8870   // Add -(NSUInteger)countOf<key>
8871   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8872       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) {
8873     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("countOf") + UpperKey).str();
8874     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8875     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
8876             .second) {
8877       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8878         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8879         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
8880         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8881       }
8882 
8883       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorId->getName()));
8884       Results.AddResult(
8885           Result(Builder.TakeString(),
8886                  std::min(IndexedGetterPriority, UnorderedGetterPriority),
8887                  CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8888     }
8889   }
8890 
8891   // Indexed getters
8892   // Add -(id)objectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
8893   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8894       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
8895     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("objectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
8896     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8897     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
8898       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8899         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8900         Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
8901         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8902       }
8903 
8904       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8905       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8906       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
8907       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8908       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
8909       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
8910                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8911     }
8912   }
8913 
8914   // Add -(NSArray *)keyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
8915   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
8916       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
8917        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8918         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
8919         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
8920                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
8921                 ->getName() == "NSArray"))) {
8922     std::string SelectorName = (Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes").str();
8923     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
8924     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
8925       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8926         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8927         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
8928         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8929       }
8930 
8931       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8932       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8933       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
8934       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8935       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
8936       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
8937                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8938     }
8939   }
8940 
8941   // Add -(void)getKey:(type **)buffer range:(NSRange)inRange
8942   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
8943     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("get") + UpperKey).str();
8944     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
8945                                       &Context.Idents.get("range")};
8946 
8947     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
8948       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8949         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8950         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
8951         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8952       }
8953 
8954       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8955       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8956       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
8957       Builder.AddTextChunk(" **");
8958       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8959       Builder.AddTextChunk("buffer");
8960       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
8961       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("range:");
8962       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8963       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSRange");
8964       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8965       Builder.AddTextChunk("inRange");
8966       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedGetterPriority,
8967                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
8968     }
8969   }
8970 
8971   // Mutable indexed accessors
8972 
8973   // - (void)insertObject:(type *)object inKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
8974   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
8975     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("in") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
8976     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get("insertObject"),
8977                                       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)};
8978 
8979     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
8980       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
8981         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8982         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
8983         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8984       }
8985 
8986       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("insertObject:");
8987       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8988       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
8989       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
8990       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8991       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
8992       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
8993       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
8994       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
8995       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
8996       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
8997       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
8998       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
8999                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9000     }
9001   }
9002 
9003   // - (void)insertKey:(NSArray *)array atIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
9004   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9005     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("insert") + UpperKey).str();
9006     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
9007                                       &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes")};
9008 
9009     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9010       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9011         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9012         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9013         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9014       }
9015 
9016       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9017       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9018       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
9019       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9020       Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
9021       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9022       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("atIndexes:");
9023       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9024       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9025       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9026       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9027       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9028                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9029     }
9030   }
9031 
9032   // -(void)removeObjectFromKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index
9033   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9034     std::string SelectorName =
9035         (Twine("removeObjectFrom") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
9036     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9037     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9038       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9039         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9040         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9041         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9042       }
9043 
9044       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9045       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9046       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
9047       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9048       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9049       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9050                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9051     }
9052   }
9053 
9054   // -(void)removeKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes
9055   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9056     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
9057     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9058     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9059       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9060         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9061         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9062         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9063       }
9064 
9065       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9066       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9067       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9068       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9069       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9070       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9071                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9072     }
9073   }
9074 
9075   // - (void)replaceObjectInKeyAtIndex:(NSUInteger)index withObject:(id)object
9076   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9077     std::string SelectorName =
9078         (Twine("replaceObjectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
9079     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName),
9080                                       &Context.Idents.get("withObject")};
9081 
9082     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9083       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9084         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9085         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9086         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9087       }
9088 
9089       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9090       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9091       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSUInteger");
9092       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9093       Builder.AddTextChunk("index");
9094       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9095       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("withObject:");
9096       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9097       Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
9098       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9099       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9100       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9101                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9102     }
9103   }
9104 
9105   // - (void)replaceKeyAtIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexes withKey:(NSArray *)array
9106   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9107     std::string SelectorName1 =
9108         (Twine("replace") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
9109     std::string SelectorName2 = (Twine("with") + UpperKey).str();
9110     IdentifierInfo *SelectorIds[2] = {&Context.Idents.get(SelectorName1),
9111                                       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)};
9112 
9113     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds)).second) {
9114       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9115         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9116         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9117         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9118       }
9119 
9120       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName1 + ":"));
9121       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9122       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("NSIndexSet *");
9123       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9124       Builder.AddTextChunk("indexes");
9125       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9126       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName2 + ":"));
9127       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9128       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
9129       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9130       Builder.AddTextChunk("array");
9131       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), IndexedSetterPriority,
9132                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9133     }
9134   }
9135 
9136   // Unordered getters
9137   // - (NSEnumerator *)enumeratorOfKey
9138   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
9139       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
9140        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9141         ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
9142         ReturnType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
9143                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
9144                 ->getName() == "NSEnumerator"))) {
9145     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("enumeratorOf") + UpperKey).str();
9146     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9147     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9148             .second) {
9149       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9150         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9151         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *");
9152         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9153       }
9154 
9155       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9156       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
9157                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9158     }
9159   }
9160 
9161   // - (type *)memberOfKey:(type *)object
9162   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
9163       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
9164     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("memberOf") + UpperKey).str();
9165     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9166     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9167       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9168         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9169         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9170         Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9171         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9172       }
9173 
9174       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9175       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9176       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9177         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9178         Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9179       } else {
9180         Builder.AddTextChunk(GetCompletionTypeString(
9181             ReturnType, Context, Policy, Builder.getAllocator()));
9182       }
9183       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9184       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9185       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedGetterPriority,
9186                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9187     }
9188   }
9189 
9190   // Mutable unordered accessors
9191   // - (void)addKeyObject:(type *)object
9192   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9193     std::string SelectorName =
9194         (Twine("add") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
9195     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9196     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9197       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9198         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9199         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9200         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9201       }
9202 
9203       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9204       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9205       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9206       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9207       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9208       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9209       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9210                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9211     }
9212   }
9213 
9214   // - (void)addKey:(NSSet *)objects
9215   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9216     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("add") + UpperKey).str();
9217     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9218     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9219       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9220         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9221         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9222         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9223       }
9224 
9225       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9226       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9227       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9228       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9229       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9230       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9231                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9232     }
9233   }
9234 
9235   // - (void)removeKeyObject:(type *)object
9236   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9237     std::string SelectorName =
9238         (Twine("remove") + UpperKey + Twine("Object")).str();
9239     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9240     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9241       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9242         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9243         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9244         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9245       }
9246 
9247       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9248       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9249       Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
9250       Builder.AddTextChunk(" *");
9251       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9252       Builder.AddTextChunk("object");
9253       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9254                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9255     }
9256   }
9257 
9258   // - (void)removeKey:(NSSet *)objects
9259   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9260     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("remove") + UpperKey).str();
9261     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9262     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9263       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9264         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9265         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9266         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9267       }
9268 
9269       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9270       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9271       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9272       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9273       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9274       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9275                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9276     }
9277   }
9278 
9279   // - (void)intersectKey:(NSSet *)objects
9280   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
9281     std::string SelectorName = (Twine("intersect") + UpperKey).str();
9282     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9283     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId)).second) {
9284       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9285         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9286         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
9287         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9288       }
9289 
9290       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName + ":"));
9291       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9292       Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
9293       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9294       Builder.AddTextChunk("objects");
9295       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), UnorderedSetterPriority,
9296                                CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
9297     }
9298   }
9299 
9300   // Key-Value Observing
9301   // + (NSSet *)keyPathsForValuesAffectingKey
9302   if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
9303       (ReturnType.isNull() ||
9304        (ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
9305         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceDecl() &&
9306         ReturnType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()
9307                 ->getInterfaceDecl()
9308                 ->getName() == "NSSet"))) {
9309     std::string SelectorName =
9310         (Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting") + UpperKey).str();
9311     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9312     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9313             .second) {
9314       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9315         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9316         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet<NSString *> *");
9317         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9318       }
9319 
9320       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9321       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
9322                                CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
9323     }
9324   }
9325 
9326   // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey
9327   if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
9328       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType() ||
9329        ReturnType->isBooleanType())) {
9330     std::string SelectorName =
9331         (Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf") + UpperKey).str();
9332     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
9333     if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))
9334             .second) {
9335       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9336         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9337         Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
9338         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9339       }
9340 
9341       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
9342       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern,
9343                                CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
9344     }
9345   }
9346 }
9347 
9348 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod,
9349                                       ParsedType ReturnTy) {
9350   // Determine the return type of the method we're declaring, if
9351   // provided.
9352   QualType ReturnType = GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy);
9353   Decl *IDecl = nullptr;
9354   if (CurContext->isObjCContainer()) {
9355     ObjCContainerDecl *OCD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9356     IDecl = OCD;
9357   }
9358   // Determine where we should start searching for methods.
9359   ObjCContainerDecl *SearchDecl = nullptr;
9360   bool IsInImplementation = false;
9361   if (Decl *D = IDecl) {
9362     if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
9363       SearchDecl = Impl->getClassInterface();
9364       IsInImplementation = true;
9365     } else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl =
9366                    dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(D)) {
9367       SearchDecl = CatImpl->getCategoryDecl();
9368       IsInImplementation = true;
9369     } else
9370       SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(D);
9371   }
9372 
9373   if (!SearchDecl && S) {
9374     if (DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity())
9375       SearchDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(DC);
9376   }
9377 
9378   if (!SearchDecl) {
9379     HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
9380                               CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other, nullptr, 0);
9381     return;
9382   }
9383 
9384   // Find all of the methods that we could declare/implement here.
9385   KnownMethodsMap KnownMethods;
9386   FindImplementableMethods(Context, SearchDecl, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType,
9387                            KnownMethods);
9388 
9389   // Add declarations or definitions for each of the known methods.
9390   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
9391   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9392                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9393                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
9394   Results.EnterNewScope();
9395   PrintingPolicy Policy = getCompletionPrintingPolicy(*this);
9396   for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
9397                                  MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
9398        M != MEnd; ++M) {
9399     ObjCMethodDecl *Method = M->second.getPointer();
9400     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9401                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9402 
9403     // Add the '-'/'+' prefix if it wasn't provided yet.
9404     if (!IsInstanceMethod) {
9405       Builder.AddTextChunk(Method->isInstanceMethod() ? "-" : "+");
9406       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9407     }
9408 
9409     // If the result type was not already provided, add it to the
9410     // pattern as (type).
9411     if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
9412       QualType ResTy = Method->getSendResultType().stripObjCKindOfType(Context);
9413       AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ResTy);
9414       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ResTy, Method->getObjCDeclQualifier(), Context,
9415                               Policy, Builder);
9416     }
9417 
9418     Selector Sel = Method->getSelector();
9419 
9420     if (Sel.isUnarySelector()) {
9421       // Unary selectors have no arguments.
9422       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9423           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(0)));
9424     } else {
9425       // Add all parameters to the pattern.
9426       unsigned I = 0;
9427       for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = Method->param_begin(),
9428                                           PEnd = Method->param_end();
9429            P != PEnd; (void)++P, ++I) {
9430         // Add the part of the selector name.
9431         if (I == 0)
9432           Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9433               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
9434         else if (I < Sel.getNumArgs()) {
9435           Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9436           Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9437               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Sel.getNameForSlot(I) + ":"));
9438         } else
9439           break;
9440 
9441         // Add the parameter type.
9442         QualType ParamType;
9443         if ((*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
9444           ParamType = (*P)->getType();
9445         else
9446           ParamType = (*P)->getOriginalType();
9447         ParamType = ParamType.substObjCTypeArgs(
9448             Context, {}, ObjCSubstitutionContext::Parameter);
9449         AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(ParamType);
9450         AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(ParamType, (*P)->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
9451                                 Context, Policy, Builder);
9452 
9453         if (IdentifierInfo *Id = (*P)->getIdentifier())
9454           Builder.AddTextChunk(
9455               Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(Id->getName()));
9456       }
9457     }
9458 
9459     if (Method->isVariadic()) {
9460       if (Method->param_size() > 0)
9461         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_Comma);
9462       Builder.AddTextChunk("...");
9463     }
9464 
9465     if (IsInImplementation && Results.includeCodePatterns()) {
9466       // We will be defining the method here, so add a compound statement.
9467       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9468       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftBrace);
9469       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
9470       if (!Method->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9471         // If the result type is not void, add a return clause.
9472         Builder.AddTextChunk("return");
9473         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9474         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("expression");
9475         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_SemiColon);
9476       } else
9477         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("statements");
9478 
9479       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_VerticalSpace);
9480       Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightBrace);
9481     }
9482 
9483     unsigned Priority = CCP_CodePattern;
9484     auto R = Result(Builder.TakeString(), Method, Priority);
9485     if (!M->second.getInt())
9486       setInBaseClass(R);
9487     Results.AddResult(std::move(R));
9488   }
9489 
9490   // Add Key-Value-Coding and Key-Value-Observing accessor methods for all of
9491   // the properties in this class and its categories.
9492   if (Context.getLangOpts().ObjC) {
9493     SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers;
9494     Containers.push_back(SearchDecl);
9495 
9496     VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors;
9497     for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(),
9498                                    MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
9499          M != MEnd; ++M)
9500       KnownSelectors.insert(M->first);
9501 
9502     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl);
9503     if (!IFace)
9504       if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl))
9505         IFace = Category->getClassInterface();
9506 
9507     if (IFace)
9508       for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories())
9509         Containers.push_back(Cat);
9510 
9511     if (IsInstanceMethod) {
9512       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Containers.size(); I != N; ++I)
9513         for (auto *P : Containers[I]->instance_properties())
9514           AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(P, *IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context,
9515                                      KnownSelectors, Results);
9516     }
9517   }
9518 
9519   Results.ExitScope();
9520 
9521   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9522                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9523 }
9524 
9525 void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(
9526     Scope *S, bool IsInstanceMethod, bool AtParameterName, ParsedType ReturnTy,
9527     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents) {
9528   // If we have an external source, load the entire class method
9529   // pool from the AST file.
9530   if (ExternalSource) {
9531     for (uint32_t I = 0, N = ExternalSource->GetNumExternalSelectors(); I != N;
9532          ++I) {
9533       Selector Sel = ExternalSource->GetExternalSelector(I);
9534       if (Sel.isNull() || MethodPool.count(Sel))
9535         continue;
9536 
9537       ReadMethodPool(Sel);
9538     }
9539   }
9540 
9541   // Build the set of methods we can see.
9542   typedef CodeCompletionResult Result;
9543   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9544                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9545                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
9546 
9547   if (ReturnTy)
9548     Results.setPreferredType(GetTypeFromParser(ReturnTy).getNonReferenceType());
9549 
9550   Results.EnterNewScope();
9551   for (GlobalMethodPool::iterator M = MethodPool.begin(),
9552                                   MEnd = MethodPool.end();
9553        M != MEnd; ++M) {
9554     for (ObjCMethodList *MethList = IsInstanceMethod ? &M->second.first
9555                                                      : &M->second.second;
9556          MethList && MethList->getMethod(); MethList = MethList->getNext()) {
9557       if (!isAcceptableObjCMethod(MethList->getMethod(), MK_Any, SelIdents))
9558         continue;
9559 
9560       if (AtParameterName) {
9561         // Suggest parameter names we've seen before.
9562         unsigned NumSelIdents = SelIdents.size();
9563         if (NumSelIdents &&
9564             NumSelIdents <= MethList->getMethod()->param_size()) {
9565           ParmVarDecl *Param =
9566               MethList->getMethod()->parameters()[NumSelIdents - 1];
9567           if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
9568             CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9569                                           Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9570             Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(
9571                 Param->getIdentifier()->getName()));
9572             Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9573           }
9574         }
9575 
9576         continue;
9577       }
9578 
9579       Result R(MethList->getMethod(),
9580                Results.getBasePriority(MethList->getMethod()), nullptr);
9581       R.StartParameter = SelIdents.size();
9582       R.AllParametersAreInformative = false;
9583       R.DeclaringEntity = true;
9584       Results.MaybeAddResult(R, CurContext);
9585     }
9586   }
9587 
9588   Results.ExitScope();
9589 
9590   if (!AtParameterName && !SelIdents.empty() &&
9591       SelIdents.front()->getName().startswith("init")) {
9592     for (const auto &M : PP.macros()) {
9593       if (M.first->getName() != "NS_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER")
9594         continue;
9595       Results.EnterNewScope();
9596       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9597                                     Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9598       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9599           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M.first->getName()));
9600       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_Macro,
9601                                              CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
9602       Results.ExitScope();
9603     }
9604   }
9605 
9606   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9607                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9608 }
9609 
9610 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional) {
9611   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9612                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9613                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorDirective);
9614   Results.EnterNewScope();
9615 
9616   // #if <condition>
9617   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9618                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9619   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("if");
9620   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9621   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
9622   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9623 
9624   // #ifdef <macro>
9625   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifdef");
9626   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9627   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9628   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9629 
9630   // #ifndef <macro>
9631   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("ifndef");
9632   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9633   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9634   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9635 
9636   if (InConditional) {
9637     // #elif <condition>
9638     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elif");
9639     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9640     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("condition");
9641     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9642 
9643     // #elifdef <macro>
9644     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifdef");
9645     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9646     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9647     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9648 
9649     // #elifndef <macro>
9650     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("elifndef");
9651     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9652     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9653     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9654 
9655     // #else
9656     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("else");
9657     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9658 
9659     // #endif
9660     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("endif");
9661     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9662   }
9663 
9664   // #include "header"
9665   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
9666   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9667   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9668   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9669   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9670   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9671 
9672   // #include <header>
9673   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include");
9674   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9675   Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9676   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9677   Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9678   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9679 
9680   // #define <macro>
9681   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
9682   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9683   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9684   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9685 
9686   // #define <macro>(<args>)
9687   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("define");
9688   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9689   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9690   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9691   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("args");
9692   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9693   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9694 
9695   // #undef <macro>
9696   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("undef");
9697   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9698   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9699   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9700 
9701   // #line <number>
9702   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
9703   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9704   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
9705   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9706 
9707   // #line <number> "filename"
9708   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("line");
9709   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9710   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("number");
9711   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9712   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9713   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("filename");
9714   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9715   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9716 
9717   // #error <message>
9718   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("error");
9719   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9720   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
9721   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9722 
9723   // #pragma <arguments>
9724   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("pragma");
9725   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9726   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("arguments");
9727   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9728 
9729   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
9730     // #import "header"
9731     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
9732     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9733     Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9734     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9735     Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9736     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9737 
9738     // #import <header>
9739     Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("import");
9740     Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9741     Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9742     Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9743     Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9744     Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9745   }
9746 
9747   // #include_next "header"
9748   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
9749   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9750   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9751   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9752   Builder.AddTextChunk("\"");
9753   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9754 
9755   // #include_next <header>
9756   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("include_next");
9757   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9758   Builder.AddTextChunk("<");
9759   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("header");
9760   Builder.AddTextChunk(">");
9761   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9762 
9763   // #warning <message>
9764   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("warning");
9765   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9766   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("message");
9767   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9768 
9769   // Note: #ident and #sccs are such crazy anachronisms that we don't provide
9770   // completions for them. And __include_macros is a Clang-internal extension
9771   // that we don't want to encourage anyone to use.
9772 
9773   // FIXME: we don't support #assert or #unassert, so don't suggest them.
9774   Results.ExitScope();
9775 
9776   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9777                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9778 }
9779 
9780 void Sema::CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S) {
9781   CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(S, S->getFnParent() ? Sema::PCC_RecoveryInFunction
9782                                                : Sema::PCC_Namespace);
9783 }
9784 
9785 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition) {
9786   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9787                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9788                         IsDefinition ? CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroName
9789                                      : CodeCompletionContext::CCC_MacroNameUse);
9790   if (!IsDefinition && (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())) {
9791     // Add just the names of macros, not their arguments.
9792     CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9793                                   Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9794     Results.EnterNewScope();
9795     for (Preprocessor::macro_iterator M = PP.macro_begin(),
9796                                       MEnd = PP.macro_end();
9797          M != MEnd; ++M) {
9798       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
9799           Builder.getAllocator().CopyString(M->first->getName()));
9800       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(
9801           Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, CXCursor_MacroDefinition));
9802     }
9803     Results.ExitScope();
9804   } else if (IsDefinition) {
9805     // FIXME: Can we detect when the user just wrote an include guard above?
9806   }
9807 
9808   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9809                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9810 }
9811 
9812 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression() {
9813   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9814                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9815                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_PreprocessorExpression);
9816 
9817   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
9818     AddMacroResults(PP, Results,
9819                     !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);
9820 
9821   // defined (<macro>)
9822   Results.EnterNewScope();
9823   CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator(),
9824                                 Results.getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9825   Builder.AddTypedTextChunk("defined");
9826   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_HorizontalSpace);
9827   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
9828   Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("macro");
9829   Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
9830   Results.AddResult(Builder.TakeString());
9831   Results.ExitScope();
9832 
9833   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9834                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9835 }
9836 
9837 void Sema::CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
9838                                                  IdentifierInfo *Macro,
9839                                                  MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
9840                                                  unsigned Argument) {
9841   // FIXME: In the future, we could provide "overload" results, much like we
9842   // do for function calls.
9843 
9844   // Now just ignore this. There will be another code-completion callback
9845   // for the expanded tokens.
9846 }
9847 
9848 // This handles completion inside an #include filename, e.g. #include <foo/ba
9849 // We look for the directory "foo" under each directory on the include path,
9850 // list its files, and reassemble the appropriate #include.
9851 void Sema::CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool Angled) {
9852   // RelDir should use /, but unescaped \ is possible on windows!
9853   // Our completions will normalize to / for simplicity, this case is rare.
9854   std::string RelDir = llvm::sys::path::convert_to_slash(Dir);
9855   // We need the native slashes for the actual file system interactions.
9856   SmallString<128> NativeRelDir = StringRef(RelDir);
9857   llvm::sys::path::native(NativeRelDir);
9858   llvm::vfs::FileSystem &FS =
9859       getSourceManager().getFileManager().getVirtualFileSystem();
9860 
9861   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9862                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
9863                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_IncludedFile);
9864   llvm::DenseSet<StringRef> SeenResults; // To deduplicate results.
9865 
9866   // Helper: adds one file or directory completion result.
9867   auto AddCompletion = [&](StringRef Filename, bool IsDirectory) {
9868     SmallString<64> TypedChunk = Filename;
9869     // Directory completion is up to the slash, e.g. <sys/
9870     TypedChunk.push_back(IsDirectory ? '/' : Angled ? '>' : '"');
9871     auto R = SeenResults.insert(TypedChunk);
9872     if (R.second) { // New completion
9873       const char *InternedTyped = Results.getAllocator().CopyString(TypedChunk);
9874       *R.first = InternedTyped; // Avoid dangling StringRef.
9875       CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
9876                                     CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo());
9877       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(InternedTyped);
9878       // The result is a "Pattern", which is pretty opaque.
9879       // We may want to include the real filename to allow smart ranking.
9880       Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Builder.TakeString()));
9881     }
9882   };
9883 
9884   // Helper: scans IncludeDir for nice files, and adds results for each.
9885   auto AddFilesFromIncludeDir = [&](StringRef IncludeDir,
9886                                     bool IsSystem,
9887                                     DirectoryLookup::LookupType_t LookupType) {
9888     llvm::SmallString<128> Dir = IncludeDir;
9889     if (!NativeRelDir.empty()) {
9890       if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework) {
9891         // For a framework dir, #include <Foo/Bar/> actually maps to
9892         // a path of Foo.framework/Headers/Bar/.
9893         auto Begin = llvm::sys::path::begin(NativeRelDir);
9894         auto End = llvm::sys::path::end(NativeRelDir);
9895 
9896         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, *Begin + ".framework", "Headers");
9897         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, ++Begin, End);
9898       } else {
9899         llvm::sys::path::append(Dir, NativeRelDir);
9900       }
9901     }
9902 
9903     const StringRef &Dirname = llvm::sys::path::filename(Dir);
9904     const bool isQt = Dirname.startswith("Qt") || Dirname == "ActiveQt";
9905     const bool ExtensionlessHeaders =
9906         IsSystem || isQt || Dir.endswith(".framework/Headers");
9907     std::error_code EC;
9908     unsigned Count = 0;
9909     for (auto It = FS.dir_begin(Dir, EC);
9910          !EC && It != llvm::vfs::directory_iterator(); It.increment(EC)) {
9911       if (++Count == 2500) // If we happen to hit a huge directory,
9912         break;             // bail out early so we're not too slow.
9913       StringRef Filename = llvm::sys::path::filename(It->path());
9914 
9915       // To know whether a symlink should be treated as file or a directory, we
9916       // have to stat it. This should be cheap enough as there shouldn't be many
9917       // symlinks.
9918       llvm::sys::fs::file_type Type = It->type();
9919       if (Type == llvm::sys::fs::file_type::symlink_file) {
9920         if (auto FileStatus = FS.status(It->path()))
9921           Type = FileStatus->getType();
9922       }
9923       switch (Type) {
9924       case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::directory_file:
9925         // All entries in a framework directory must have a ".framework" suffix,
9926         // but the suffix does not appear in the source code's include/import.
9927         if (LookupType == DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework &&
9928             NativeRelDir.empty() && !Filename.consume_back(".framework"))
9929           break;
9930 
9931         AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/true);
9932         break;
9933       case llvm::sys::fs::file_type::regular_file: {
9934         // Only files that really look like headers. (Except in special dirs).
9935         // Header extensions from Types.def, which we can't depend on here.
9936         const bool IsHeader = Filename.endswith_insensitive(".h") ||
9937                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hh") ||
9938                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".hpp") ||
9939                               Filename.endswith_insensitive(".inc") ||
9940                               (ExtensionlessHeaders && !Filename.contains('.'));
9941         if (!IsHeader)
9942           break;
9943         AddCompletion(Filename, /*IsDirectory=*/false);
9944         break;
9945       }
9946       default:
9947         break;
9948       }
9949     }
9950   };
9951 
9952   // Helper: adds results relative to IncludeDir, if possible.
9953   auto AddFilesFromDirLookup = [&](const DirectoryLookup &IncludeDir,
9954                                    bool IsSystem) {
9955     switch (IncludeDir.getLookupType()) {
9956     case DirectoryLookup::LT_HeaderMap:
9957       // header maps are not (currently) enumerable.
9958       break;
9959     case DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir:
9960       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
9961                              DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
9962       break;
9963     case DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework:
9964       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(IncludeDir.getFrameworkDir()->getName(), IsSystem,
9965                              DirectoryLookup::LT_Framework);
9966       break;
9967     }
9968   };
9969 
9970   // Finally with all our helpers, we can scan the include path.
9971   // Do this in standard order so deduplication keeps the right file.
9972   // (In case we decide to add more details to the results later).
9973   const auto &S = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
9974   using llvm::make_range;
9975   if (!Angled) {
9976     // The current directory is on the include path for "quoted" includes.
9977     auto *CurFile = PP.getCurrentFileLexer()->getFileEntry();
9978     if (CurFile && CurFile->getDir())
9979       AddFilesFromIncludeDir(CurFile->getDir()->getName(), false,
9980                              DirectoryLookup::LT_NormalDir);
9981     for (const auto &D : make_range(S.quoted_dir_begin(), S.quoted_dir_end()))
9982       AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
9983   }
9984   for (const auto &D : make_range(S.angled_dir_begin(), S.angled_dir_end()))
9985     AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, false);
9986   for (const auto &D : make_range(S.system_dir_begin(), S.system_dir_end()))
9987     AddFilesFromDirLookup(D, true);
9988 
9989   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
9990                             Results.data(), Results.size());
9991 }
9992 
9993 void Sema::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() {
9994   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter,
9995                             CodeCompletionContext::CCC_NaturalLanguage, nullptr,
9996                             0);
9997 }
9998 
9999 void Sema::CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName() {
10000   ResultBuilder Results(*this, CodeCompleter->getAllocator(),
10001                         CodeCompleter->getCodeCompletionTUInfo(),
10002                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Other);
10003   Results.EnterNewScope();
10004   static const char *Platforms[] = {"macOS", "iOS", "watchOS", "tvOS"};
10005   for (const char *Platform : llvm::makeArrayRef(Platforms)) {
10006     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Platform));
10007     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult(Results.getAllocator().CopyString(
10008         Twine(Platform) + "ApplicationExtension")));
10009   }
10010   Results.ExitScope();
10011   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, Results.getCompletionContext(),
10012                             Results.data(), Results.size());
10013 }
10014 
10015 void Sema::GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(
10016     CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
10017     SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results) {
10018   ResultBuilder Builder(*this, Allocator, CCTUInfo,
10019                         CodeCompletionContext::CCC_Recovery);
10020   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeGlobals()) {
10021     CodeCompletionDeclConsumer Consumer(Builder,
10022                                         Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
10023     LookupVisibleDecls(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), LookupAnyName,
10024                        Consumer,
10025                        !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal());
10026   }
10027 
10028   if (!CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->includeMacros())
10029     AddMacroResults(PP, Builder,
10030                     !CodeCompleter || CodeCompleter->loadExternal(), true);
10031 
10032   Results.clear();
10033   Results.insert(Results.end(), Builder.data(),
10034                  Builder.data() + Builder.size());
10035 }
10036